)%'"!) ((#$)&
Santro
,+$%'(&*
%(*'+*%*#+
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.
However, Hyundai Motor India Limited reserves the right to make changes at
any time without prior notice and without obligation to incorporate such
changes so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried
out.
This booklet applies to all variants of this vehicle and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this booklet that does not apply to your
specfic vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR
Your HYUNDAI vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI vehicle and may,
in addition, violate condi-tions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain
modifications may also be in vio-lation of regulations established by the Department of
Transportation and other government agencies in your country.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is
possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely
affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio
manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or
special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not
avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing HYUNDAI vehicle . We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating
people who drive HYUNDAI vehicle. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI
vehicle we build is something of which we're very proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI vehicle . It is suggested that
you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your
new car.
Hyundai Motor India Limited also recommends that service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA LIMITED
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this HYUNDAI vehicle ,
please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
CAUTION
Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet
HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed
on Page 10-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2021 HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of
HYUNDAI Motor Company.
*($'!#(%'*
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strongly
recommend that you read the entire
manual. In order to minimize the
chance of death or injury, you must
read the DANGER, WARNING and
CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about features, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
Sections: This manual has ten chapters plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
Your safety, and the safety of others,
is very important. This Owner's
Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to
potential hazards that may hurt you
or others, as well as damage to your
vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
these hazards and what to do to
avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained
in this manual are for your safety.
Failure to follow safety warnings and
instructions can lead to serious injury
or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER,
WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and
the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will
be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to
potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol
to avoid possible injury or
death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words
DANGER, WARNING and
CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious
injury.
*($'!#(%'*
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in minor or moderate
injury.
Petrol engine
Unleaded
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having an Octane
Rating of RON (Research Octane
Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index)
87 or higher.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which,
if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
CAUTION
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The
use of leaded fuel is detrimental to
the catalytic converter and will
damage the engine control system’s oxygen sensor and affect
emission control.
Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other
than what has been specified (We
recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
details.)
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
Leaded (if equipped)
For some countries, your vehicle is
designed to use leaded petrol.
When you are going to use leaded
petrol, we recommend that you ask
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
whether leaded petrol in your vehicle
is available or not.
Octane Rating of leaded petrol is
same with unleaded one.
*($'!#(%'*
Petrol containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of petrol and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and petrol or gasohol containing
methanol (also known as wood alcohol) are being marketed along with or
instead of leaded or unleaded petrol.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 10% ethanol, and do not use
petrol or gasohol containing any
methanol. Either of these fuels may
cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be covered by the
manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of:
1. Gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol.
2. Petrol or gasohol containing
methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
CAUTION
Never use gasohol which contains
methanol. Discontinue use of any
gasohol product which impairs drivability.
Use of MTBE
HYUNDAI recommends avoiding
fuels containing MTBE (Methyl
Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) in
your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)
may reduce vehicle performance and
produce vapor lock or hard starting.
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty may not cover damage
to the fuel system and any performance problems that are
caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen
Content 2.7% weight.)
*($'!#(%'*
Do not use methanol
Fuel Additives
Operation in foreign countries
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system.
HYUNDAI recommends that you use
good quality petrols meet Europe Fuel
standards (EN228) or equivalents.
For customers who do not use good
quality petrols including fuel additives
regularly, and have problems starting
or the engine does not run smoothly,
one bottle of additives added to the
fuel tank at every 5,000 km. Additives
are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix
other additives.
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
*($'!#(%'*
Diesel engine
Diesel fuel
Diesel engine must be operated only
on commercially available diesel fuel
that complies with EN 590 or comparable standard. (EN stands for
"European Norm"). Do not use
marine diesel fuel, heating oils, or
non-approved fuel additives, as this
will increase wear and cause damage to the engine and fuel system.
The use of non-approved fuels and /
or fuel additives will result in a limitation of your warranty rights.
Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is
used in your vehicle. If two types of
diesel fuel are available, use summer
or winter fuel properly according to
the following temperature conditions.
• Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer type
diesel fuel.
• Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type
diesel fuel.
Watch the fuel level in the tank very
carefully : If the engine stops through
fuel failure, the circuits must be completely purged to permit restarting.
NOTICE
Do not let any petrol or water enter
the tank. This would make it necessary to drain it out and to bleed the
lines to avoid jamming the injection
pump and damaging the engine.
NOTICE
- Diesel Fuel
(if equipped with DPF)
It is recommended to use the regulated automotive diesel fuel for diesel
vehicle equipped with the DPF system.
If you use diesel fuel including high
sulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur) and
unspecified additives, it can cause
the DPF system to be damaged and
white smoke can be emitted.
Biodiesel
Commercially supplied Diesel blends
of no more than 7% biodiesel, commonly known as "B7 Diesel" may be
used in your vehicle if Biodiesel
meets EN 14214 or equivalent specifications. (EN stands for "European
Norm"). The use of biofuels exceeding 7% made from rapeseed methyl
ester (RME), fatty acid methyl ester
(FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester
(VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceeding 7% with biodiesel will cause
increased wear or damage to the
engine and fuel system. Repair or
replacement of worn or damaged
components due to the use of non
approved fuels will not be covered by
the manufactures warranty.
NOTICE
• Never use any fuel, whether
diesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise,
that fails to meet the latest petroleum industry specification.
• Never use any fuel additives or
treatments that are not recommended or approved by the vehicle manufacturer.
*($'!#(%'*
No special break-in period is needed. By following a few simple precautions for the first 1,000 km (600
miles) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle:
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow.
Varying engine speed is needed to
properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.
"%*()*"*#)&)#'$&))(
!*"%&"$$"*( &'%#
'!$&)%#)&"(&"&"*#)
")( & ()&'& '!$&)%#)
'*)*%)*(&)"(!$)&'& '!$&)%#)
!(%)%"& ()
$%%*& '!$&)%#)
"(&('&'&%*&"*&))$)*#
"%*()*"*#)
)#%%#"(%'*&&'*!)$&%*'$"(%'*
1 2
1 3
1 4
Hyundai Warranty Policy
2
Hyundai new vehicle warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Replacement parts warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Emission warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Hyundai extended warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Hyundai Warranty Policy
2
2-1
Hyundai Warranty Policy
HYUNDAI NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY
Hyundai Motor India Limited hereinafter called "HMIL", warrants that
each new Hyundai vehicle sold shall
be free from any defects in material
and workmanship, under normal use
and maintenance, subject to the following terms and conditions.
the owner of the Hyundai vehicle for
parts or labour. Such defective parts
which have been replaced will
become the property of HMIL.
1. Warranty period
This warranty shall exist for a period
of 36 months/100,000 kms from the
date of delivery which soever is earlier to the first purchaser.
This warranty is transferable to
subsequent owner for the remaining
warranty period. This warranty is
applicable only in India and not
transferable to any other country.
2. What is covered
Except as provided in paragraph 3
hereof, our Authorized Dealers shall
either repair or replace, any Hyundai
genuine part that is acknowledged by
HMIL to be defective in material or
workmanship within the warranty
period stipulated above, at no cost to
2-2
3. What is not covered
This warranty shall not apply to:
o Normal maintenance services
other than the three free services,
including without limitation, cleaning and polishing, minor adjustments, engine tuning, oil/fluid
changes, filters replenishment,
fastener retightening, wheel balancing, wheel alignment and tyre
rotation etc.
o Replacement of parts as a result
of normal wear and tear such as
spark plugs, belts, brake pads
and linings, clutch disc/facing, filters, wiper blades, bulbs, fuses,
etc.
o Damage or failure resulting from:
v Negligence of proper maintenance as required in this
Owner's Manual and Service
Booklet.
v Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,
flooding or fire.
v Use of improper or insufficient
fuel, fluids or lubricants.
v Use of parts other than
Hyundai Genuine Parts.
v Any device and/or accessories
not supplied by HMIL.
v Modifications,
alterations,
tampering or improper repair.
v Parts used in applications of
which they were not designed
or not approved by HMIL.
v Slight irregularities not recognised as affecting quality or
function of the vehicle or parts,
such as slight noise or vibrations, or items considered
characteristic of the vehicle.
v Airborne "fallout", Industrial
fall out, acid rain, hail and wind
storms, or other Acts of God.
v Paint scratches, dents or similar paint or body damage.
v Action of road elements (sand,
gravel, dust or road debris)
which results in stone chipping
of paint or glass.
o Incidental or consequential damages, including without limitation,
Audio Video System, Batteries,
Tyres & Tubes and Audio Systems,
originally equipped on Hyundai
vehicles are warranted directly by
the respective manufacturers and
not by HMIL.
loss of time, inconvenience, loss
of use of vehicle or commercial
loss.
This warranty is the entire warranty
given by HMIL for Hyundai vehicles
and no dealer or its or his agent or
employee is authorized to extend or
enlarge this warranty and no dealer
or its or his agent or employee is
authorized to make any oral warranty on HMIL's behalf.
HMIL reserves the right to make any
change in design or make any
improvement on the vehicle at any
time without any obligation to make
the same change on vehicles previously sold.
HMIL reserves the right for the final
decision in all warranty matters.
Owner's Responsibilities
o Proper use, maintenance and
care of vehicle in accordance with
the instructions contained in this
Owner's Manual and Service
Booklet. If the vehicle is subject to
severe usage conditions, such as
operation in extremely dusty,
rough, more repeated short distance driving or heavy city traffic
during hot weather, maintenance
of vehicle should be done more
frequently as mentioned in this
Owner's Manual and Service
Booklet.
o Retention of maintenance service
records. It may be necessary for
the customer to show that the
required maintenance has been
performed, as specified in this
Owner's Manual and Service
Booklet.
o Delivery of the vehicle during regular service business hours to
any authorized Hyundai Dealer to
obtain warranty service.
o In order to maintain the validity of
this Basic Warranty, the vehicle
must be serviced by Hyundai
Authorized workshop in accordance to the Owner’s Manual and
Service Booklet.
Hyundai Motor India Limited hereinafter called "HMIL", warrants that
each new Hyundai Genuine replacement part purchased from and
installed by Hyundai Authorized
Dealer shall be free from any defects
in material or workmanship, under
normal use and maintenance, subject to the following terms and conditions.
1. Warranty period
This warranty shall exist for a period
of 6 months or until the vehicle has
been driven for a distance of 10,000
Kilometers from the date of installation of replacement part by Hyundai
Authorized Dealer, whichever occurs
first.
2. What is covered
Except as provided in paragraph 3
hereof, our Authorized Dealer who
had sold and installed the replacement part earlier shall either repair or
replace the said Hyundai genuine
part that is acknowledged by HMIL to
be defective in material or workmanship within the warranty period stipu2-3
2
Hyundai Warranty Policy
PARTs REPLACEmENT
WARRANTY
Hyundai Warranty Policy
lated above, at no cost to the owner
of the Hyundai vehicle for parts or
labour.
3. What is not covered
This warranty shall not apply to:
o Normal maintenance services of
parts such as cleaning, adjustment or replacement (i.e. spark
plugs that are oil fouled, lead
fouled, or which fail due to the use
of low grade fuel).
o Parts that fail due to abuse, misuse, neglect, alteration or accident or which have been improperly lubricated or repaired.
o Parts used in applications for
which they were not designed or
approved by HMIL.
o Failure due to normal wear of
parts.
o Direct or indirect failures caused
by misuse and improper maintenance of vehicle and installation
of non-Hyundai parts on the vehicle.
o Any vehicle on which the odometer reading has been altered so
that mileage cannot be accurately determined.
2-4
o Incidental or consequential damages, including without limitation,
loss of time, inconvenience, loss
of use of vehicle or commercial
loss.
This warranty is the entire warranty
given by HMIL for Hyundai replacement parts and no dealer or its or his
agent or employee is authorized to
extend or enlarge this warranty and
no dealer or its or his agent or
employee is authorized to make any
oral warranty on HMIL's behalf.
HMIL reserves the right for the final
decision in all warranty matters.
Owner's Responsibilities
o Proper use, maintenance and
care of the vehicle in accordance
with the instructions contained in
the Owner's Manual and Service
Booklet.
o Retention of maintenance service
records. It may be necessary for
the customer to show that the
required maintenance has been
performed, as specified in this
Owner's Manual and Service
Booklet.
o Retention of the customer's copy
of the original repair order and its
invoice/bill against which the part
was replaced.
o Delivery of the vehicle during regular service business hours to the
same Hyundai Authorized Dealer
who had sold and installed the
replacement part.
o In order to maintain the validity of
this Parts replacement Warranty,
the vehicle must be serviced by
Hyundai Authorized workshop in
accordance to the Owner’s
Manual and Service Booklet.
EmIssION WARRANTY
1. Warranty period
This warranty will be in addition to
and run parallel to the New Vehicle
Warranty and shall exist for a period
of 36 months or until the vehicle has
been driven for a distance of 100,000
kilometers from the date of delivery
to the first purchaser, whichever
occurs first. This warranty is transferable to subsequent owner for the
remaining warranty period.
2. What is covered
Our Authorized Dealers shall either
repair or replace, any Hyundai genuine part listed in paragraph 3 hereof, that is acknowledged by HMIL to
be defective in material or workmanship within the warranty period stipulated above, after examinations carried out to confirm that none of the
original settings have been tampered
with, at no cost to the owner of the
Hyundai vehicle for parts or labour.
Such defective parts which have
been replaced will become the property of HMIL.
3. Emission Warranty Parts List
2
3.1 Engine Control Module System
• Engine Control Module
• Crankshaft Position Sensor,
Camshaft Position Sensor,
Throttle Position Sensor, MAP
Sensor, O2 Sensor, IAT &
ECT Sensor
3.2 Fuel Metering System
• Fuel injectors
• Fuel Pumps
3.3 Air Induction System
• Air Cleaner Housing Assembly
• Throttle Body
• Intake Manifold
• Idle Speed Control Actuator
3.4 Ignition System
• H.T. Cable Set
• Ignition Coil
• Power Transistor
• Distributor and internal parts
3.5 Evaporative Emission Control
System
• Vapour Storage Canister
• Fuel Tank
2-5
Hyundai Warranty Policy
Subject to other terms of the warranty policy and the conditions and obligations laid down hereunder,
Hyundai Motor India L imited hereinafter called “HMIL”, certifies that
the components liable to affect the
emission of the gaseous pollutants in
the vehicle in normal use despite the
use to which it may be subjected,
comply with the provisions of Rule
115(2) of the Central Motor Vehicle
Rules, 1989 hereinafter referred to
as the “In-use emission standard”,
and further warrants that if on examination by a dealer duly authorized
by HMIL, the vehicle is discovered to
be failing to meet the In-use emission standard as specified in the said
rule, our Authorized Dealer shall take
such corrective measures as may be
necessary and shall at its sole discretion either repair or replace free of
charge, such components of emission control system as are specified
in paragraph 3 hereof.
Hyundai Warranty Policy
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
• Fuel Filler Tube and Fuel filler
Cap
• Purge Control Solenoid Valve
• Canister Close Valve
PCV System
• PCV Valve.
• PCV Hoses
• Oil Filler Cap
Catalytic Converter System
• Exhaust Manifold
• Exhaust Pipe Assembly
• Catalytic Converter
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) System (Diesel Engines)
• EGR Control System
Miscellaneous items used in
above Systems
• Vacuum hoses, clamps, fittings, tubing or mounting hardware used with the above systems. Valves, Switches and
Solenoids.
4. What is not covered
This Emission Warranty shall not
apply to:
2-6
o Normal maintenance services
including without limitation,
engine tuning, oil/fluid changes,
filters replenishment, etc.
o Replacement of parts as a result
of normal wear and tear such as
spark plugs, filters, etc.
o The vehicle reported without valid
‘Pollution Under Control’ certificate for the period immediately
preceding the test during which
the failure is discovered.
o The vehicle which has been run
on adulterated fuel or lubricant or
fuel/lubricants other than those
specified by HMIL.
o Damage or failure resulting from:
v Negligence of proper maintenance as required in this
Owner’s Manual and Service
Booklet.
v Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,
flooding or fire.
v Use of improper or insufficient
fuel, fluids or lubricants.
v Any repair carried out other
than by Hyundai Authorized
Dealer/ Service Centre.
v Use of parts other than
Hyundai Genuine Parts.
v Any device and/or accessories
not supplied by HMIL.
v Modifications,
alterations,
tampering or improper repair.
v Parts used in applications for
which they were not designed
or not approved by HMIL.
v Any penalties that may be
charged by statutory authorities on account of failure to
comply with the In-use emission standards.
v The vehicle in which the
odometer has been tampered
with, changed or been disconnected.
o Any consequential repairs or
replacement of parts which may
be found necessary to establish
compliance to In-use emission
standards, in addition to the
replacement of the components
covered
under
Emission
Warranty, will not be made free of
cost unless such parts are also
found to be in warrantable condition within the scope and limit of
the New Vehicle Warranty.
HMIL reserves the right to make any
change in design or make any
improvement on the vehicle at any
time without any obligation to make
the same change on vehicles previously sold.
HMIL reserves the right for the final
decision in all warranty matters.
OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
o Proper use, maintenance and
care of vehicle in accordance with
the instructions contained in this
Owner’s Manual and Service
Booklet. If the vehicle is subject
to severe usage conditions, such
as operation in extremely dusty,
rough, more repeated short distance driving or heavy city traffic
during hot weather, maintenance
of vehicle should be done more
frequently as mentioned in this
Owner’s Manual and Service
Booklet.
o In order to maintain the validity of
this Emission Warranty, the vehicle must be serviced by Hyundai
Authorized Dealer or Service
Centre in accordance to the
Owner’s Manual and Service
Booklet.
o Retention of maintenance service
records. It may be necessary for
the customer to show that the
required maintenance has been
performed, as specified in this
Owner’s Manual and Service
Booklet.
o Immediate Delivery of the vehicle
to any authorized Hyundai Dealer
upon discovery of failure to comply with the In-use emission standard inspite of proper use, maintenance and care of vehicle in
accordance with the instructions
contained in this Owner’s Manual
and Service Booklet.
o Production of “Pollution Under
Control" (PUC) certificate valid for
the period immediately preceding
the test during which the failure is
discovered, the test having been
carried out either for obtaining a
new certificate, or pursuant upon
being directed by an officer as
referred to in sub-rule (2) of Rule
116 of the Central Motor Vehicles
Rules.
HYUNDAI EXTENDED
WARRANTY*
HMIL offers optional paid extended warranty on selected models, in
addition to the basic new vehicle
warranty. For more details on
Hyundai Extended Warranty
please call the nearest dealer or
our toll free number 1-800-114645
*Conditions apply
2-7
2
Hyundai Warranty Policy
o Incidental or consequential damages, including without limitation,
loss of time, inconvenience, loss
of use of vehicle or commercial
loss.
This warranty is the entire warranty
given by HMIL for Hyundai vehicles
and no dealer or its or his agent or
employee is authorized to extend or
enlarge this warranty and no dealer
or its or his agent or employee is
authorized to make any oral warranty on HMIL’s behalf.
Your vehicle at a glance
3
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview (I) .............................................3-2
Exterior overview (II) ............................................3-3
Interior overview....................................................3-4
Instrument panel overview ...................................3-5
Engine compartment .............................................3-6
Your vehicle at a glance
ExtErior ovErviEw (i)
■ Front view
1. Hood .........................................5-16
2. Headlight....................................9-68
3. Fog light .....................................9-68
4. Tires and wheels........................9-42
5. Outside rearview mirror .............5-23
6. Front windshield wiper blades ...9-35
7. Windows ....................................5-13
8. Antenna .......................................6-2
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OAH2018001
3-2
ExtErior ovErviEw (ii)
■ Rear view
3
2. Fuel filler door.............................5-18
3. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse)
System* ......................................5-46
4. High mounted stop light..............9-72
5. Rear window wiper blade* ..........9-35
6. Tailgate .......................................5-11
7. Rear view monitor* .....................5-48
* : if equipped
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OAH2018002
3-3
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Doors ............................................5-7
Your vehicle at a glance
iNtErior ovErviEw
1. Door lock/unlock button ..............5-8
2. Outside rearview mirror control
switch*........................................5-24
3. Headlight leveling device*..........5-41
4. Steering wheel ..........................5-21
5. Seat ............................................4-2
6. Tailgate lid release lever ..........5-11
7. Fuel filler door opener ..............5-18
8. Hood release lever ....................5-16
* : if equipped
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
3-4
OAH2018003
iNStrUMENt PANEL ovErviEw
3
2. Wiper/Washer ............................5-43
3. Instrument cluster ......................5-25
4. Horn ..........................................5-21
5. Steering wheel audio controls ....6-3
6. Trip mode switch ........................5-29
7. hands-free controls* ....................6-4
8. Driver’s front air bag ..................4-25
9. Audio............................................6-8
10. Hazard warning flasher switch ..8-2
11. Climate control system ............5-50
12. Power outlet ............................5-63
13. Shift lever..........................7-9, 7-13
14. Passenger’s front air bag* ......4-25
15. Glove box ................................5-61
16. Window switch*........................5-13
* : if equipped
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OAH2018004
3-5
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Light control/Turn signals ..........5-38
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGiNE CoMPArtMENt
■ Petrol Engine (Kappa 1.0 MPI) - If equipped
1. Engine coolant reservoir............9-23
2. Engine oil filler cap ....................9-20
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ........9-27
4. Air cleaner ................................9-31
5. Fuse box ....................................9-54
6. Battery ......................................9-38
7. Windshield washer fluid
reservoir ....................................9-29
8. Radiator cap ..............................9-24
9. Engine oil dipstick......................9-20
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAH2078001R
3-6
3
■ Petrol Engine (Epsilon 1.1 MPI)
2. Engine oil filler cap ....................9-20
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ........9-27
4. Air cleaner ................................9-31
5. Fuse box ....................................9-54
6. Battery ......................................9-38
7. Windshield washer fluid
reservoir ....................................9-29
8. Radiator cap ..............................9-24
9. Engine oil dipstick......................9-20
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAH2078002R
3-7
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Engine coolant reservoir............9-23
Safety system of your vehicle
Seats .......................................................................4-2
Front seats ........................................................................4-5
Rear seats ..........................................................................4-6
Seat belts ................................................................4-9
Child restraint system .........................................4-20
Using a child restraint system .....................................4-22
Air bag
- supplemental restraint system (SRS)..........4-25
How does the air bag system operate .....................4-26
Do not install a child restraint on the front
passenger's seat..............................................................4-28
Air bag warning and indicator .....................................4-28
SRS components and functions ..................................4-29
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ....................4-32
SRS Care............................................................................4-39
Air bag warning label ....................................................4-41
4
Safety system of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................4-14
Additional seat belt safety precautions ...................4-16
Care of seat belts ..........................................................4-19
Safety system of your vehicle
SEATS
■ Driver’s Side
Front seats
1. Forward and backward
2. Seatback angle
3. Headrest
■ Passenger’s Side
Rear seats
■ Rear Seat
4. Headrest
5. Seatback folding
The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAH2038001
4-2
WARNING
Loose objects
WARNING
Uprighting seat
When you return the seatback to
its upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly and be
sure there are no other occupants
around the seat. If the seatback is
returned without being held and
controlled, the back of the seat
could move forward or backward
resulting in accidental injury to a
person struck by the seatback.
Driver responsibility for
passengers
Riding in a vehicle with seatback
reclined could lead to serious or
fatal injury in an accident. If a seat
is reclined during an accident, the
occupant’s hips may slide under the
lap portion of the seat belt applying
great force to the unprotected
abdomen. The protection of your
restraint system (seat belt and air
bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seat. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result. The driver
must advise the passenger to keep
the seatback in an upright position
whenever the vehicle is in motion.
WARNING
Do not use a sitting cushion that
reduces friction between the seat
and passenger. The passenger's
hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or
fatal internal injuries could result
because the seat belt can't operate normally.
4-3
4
Safety system of your vehicle
Loose objects in the driver’s foot
area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident. Do not place
anything under the front seats.
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Driver’s seat
• Never attempt to adjust seat
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage.
• Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
seatback. Storing items against a
seatback or in any other way
interfering with proper locking of
a seatback could result in serious
or fatal injury in a sudden stop or
collision.
• Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low
across the hips. This is the best
position to protect you in case of
an accident.
• In order to avoid unnecessary
and perhaps severe air bag
4-4
injuries, always sit as far back as
possible from the steering wheel
while maintaining comfortable
control of the vehicle.
WARNING
Rear seatbacks
• The rear seatback must be
securely latched. If not, passengers and objects could be thrown
forward resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a sudden
stop or collision.
• Luggage and other cargo should
be laid flat in the cargo area. If
objects are large, heavy, or must
be piled, they must be secured.
Under no circumstances should
cargo be piled higher than the
seatbacks. Failure to follow these
warnings could result in serious
injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop, collision or rollover.
• No passenger should ride in the
cargo area or sit or lie on folded
seatbacks while the vehicle is
moving. All passengers must be
properly seated in seats and
restrained properly while riding.
• When resetting the seatback to
the upright position, make sure it is
securely latched by pushing it forward and backwards.
• To avoid the possibility of burns,
do not remove the carpet in the
cargo area. Emission control
devices beneath this floor generate high temperatures.
WARNING
After adjusting the seat, always
check that it is securely locked into
place by attempting to move the
seat forward or backward without
using the lock release lever.
Sudden or unexpected movement
of the driver's seat could cause
you to lose control of the vehicle
resulting in an accident.
WARNING
Front seats
• Do not adjust the seat while wear-
4
OAH2038003
OAH2038002
Forward and rearward
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on
the seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to
lock.)
4-5
Safety system of your vehicle
ing seat belts. Moving the seat
cushion forward may cause
strong pressure on the abdomen.
• Use extreme caution so that
hands or other objects are not
caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving.
• Do not put a cigarette lighter on
the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may gush out of
the lighter and cause fire.
• If there are occupants in the rear
seats, be careful while adjusting
the front seat position.
Safety system of your vehicle
Headrest
Folding the rear seat
Rear seats
Headrest
The rear seatbacks (or cushions)
may be folded to facilitate carrying
long items or to increase the luggage
capacity of the vehicle.
WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit on
OAH2038004
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger, but also helps to protect the
head and neck in the event of a collision.
4-6
OAH2038023
The rear seats are equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps to
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
top of the folded down seatback
while the vehicle is moving as
this is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in
serious injury or death in case of
an accident or sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of the
front seats. This could allow
cargo to slide forward and cause
injury or damage during sudden
stops.
OAH2038006
OAH2038005
i Information
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will
be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
2. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt
plate into the holder on the side
trim. It will prevent the lap/shoulder
belt from interfering with the seatback when folding.
OAH2038009
3. Pull up both sides of the seatback
lever and fold the seatback toward
the front of the vehicle.
4-7
4
Safety system of your vehicle
To use the rear seat, lift and push up
the seatback backward. Push the
seatback firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place.
When returning the rear seatbacks to
the upright position, remember to
return the rear shoulder belts to their
proper position.
1. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after
being folded down:
Be careful not to damage the seat
belt webbing or buckle. Do not
allow the seat belt webbing or
buckle to get caught or pinched in
the rear seat. Ensure that the
seatback is completely locked into
its upright position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
Otherwise, in an accident or sudden stop, the seat could fold down
and allow cargo to enter the passenger compartment, which could
result in serious injury or death.
4-8
NOTICE
WARNING
• When returning the rear seatbacks
to the upright position, remember
to return the rear shoulder belts to
their proper position.
• Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides
will help keep the seat belts from
being trapped behind or under the
seats.
WARNING
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured
to prevent it from being thrown
about the vehicle in a collision and
causing injury to the vehicle occupants. Do not place objects in the
rear seats, since they cannot be
properly secured and may hit the
front seat occupants in a collision.
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
Automated Manual Transmission
is in N (Neutral) or the Manual
Transmission is in R (Reverse) or
1st, and the parking brake is
securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to
take these steps may allow the
vehicle to move if the shift lever is
inadvertently moved to another
position.
SEAT BELTS
WARNING
• For maximum restraint system
WARNING
Seat belts are designed to bear
upon the bony structure of the
body, and should be worn low
across the front of the pelvis or the
pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
applicable; wearing the lap section
of the belt across the abdominal
area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection for
which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild
soap and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.
It is essential to replace the entire
assembly after it has been worn in
4-9
4
Safety system of your vehicle
protection, the seat belts must
always be used whenever the
car is moving.
• Seat belts are most effective
when seatbacks are in the
upright position.
• Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in
the rear seat. Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must
be seated in the front seat,
he/she must be properly belted
and the seat should be moved
as far back as possible.
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt can cause serious
injuries in a crash. The shoulder
belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
• Never wear a seat belt over
fragile objects. If there is a sudden stop or impact, the seat belt
can damage it.
• Avoid wearing twisted seat
belts. A twisted belt can't do its
job as well. In a collision, it could
even cut into you. Be sure the
belt webbing is straight and not
twisted.
• Be careful not to damage the
belt webbing or hardware. If the
belt webbing or hardware is
damaged, replace it.
Safety system of your vehicle
a severe impact even if damage to
the assembly is not obvious. Belts
should not be worn with straps
twisted. Each belt assembly must
only be used by one occupant; it is
dangerous to put a belt around a
child being carried on the occupant's lap.
WARNING
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the seat
belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent
the seat belt assembly from being
adjusted to remove slack.
4-10
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the
seat belt repeatedly while driving.
This could result in loss of control,
and an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are
hard or can break easily.
• Make sure there is nothing in the
buckle. The seat belt may not be
fastened securely.
Seat belt warning (if equipped)
1GQA2083
As a reminder to the driver (or front
passenger), the driver’s (or front passenger’s) seat belt warning lights will
illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition
switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver’s (or front passenger’s)
seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned ON or if it is
disconnected after the ignition switch
is turned ON, the seat belt warning
light will illuminate until the belt is
fastened.
Lap/shoulder belt
4
OHSS038100
i Information
• You can find the front passenger’s
seat belt warning light on the cluster.
• Although the front passenger seat is
not occupied, the seat belt warning
light will blink or illuminate for 6
seconds.
• The front passenger's seat belt
warning may operate when luggage
is placed on the front passenger seat.
OHSS038101
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your
chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
4-11
Safety system of your vehicle
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 9 km/h, the
illuminated warning light will start to
blink until you drive under 6 km/h.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 20 km/h (12
mph) the seat belt warning chime will
sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
Safety system of your vehicle
i Information
If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull
the belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the belt
out smoothly.
4-12
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may
increase the risk of serious injury in
an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat
belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across your
hips, not on your waist, so that it
fits snugly. This allows your strong
pelvic bones to absorb the force of
the crash, reducing the chance of
internal injuries.
• Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt,
as shown in the illustration.
• Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
OHSS038103
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) in the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
Lap belt
4
Too high
OHSS038003
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten a 2-point static type belt,
insert the metal tab into the locking
buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. Check to make sure the belt
is properly locked and that the belt is
not twisted.
Correct
OHSS038004
OAH2038007
With a 2-point static type seat belt, the
length must be adjusted manually so
it fits snugly around your body. Fasten
the belt and pull on the loose end to
tighten. The belt should be placed as
low as possible on your hips, not on
your waist. If the belt is too high, it
could increase the possibility of your
being injured in an accident.
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
4-13
Safety system of your vehicle
Shorten
Safety system of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(if equipped)
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position.
In certain frontal collisions, the pretensioner will activate and pull the
seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
OHSS038005
To release the seat belt:
When you want to release the seat
belt, press the button (1) in the locking buckle.
WARNING
The center lap belt latching mechanism is different from those for
the rear seat shoulder belts. When
fastening the rear seat shoulder
belts or the center lap belt, make
sure they are inserted into the correct buckles to obtain maximum
protection from the seat belt system and assure proper operation.
4-14
OIB034039
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's Pre-tensioner
Seat Belts (Retractor Pre-tensioner).
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is
to make sure the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain frontal collision(s). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in
crashes where the frontal collision(s)
is severe enough, together with the
air bags.
WARNING
• Always wear your seat belt and
•
•
•
•
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner
seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioner
can become hot and can burn
you.
4
8KMB3311/H
CAUTION
Body work on the front area of the
vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner
seat
belt
system.
Therefore, we recommend the
system to be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
(3) SRS control module
4-15
Safety system of your vehicle
•
sit properly in your seat.
Do not use the seat belt if it is
loose or twisted. A loose or
twisted seat belt will not protect
you properly in an accident.
Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely affect
the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
NEVER inspect, service, repair or
replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS
control module is connected with the
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS
air bag warning light on the instrument cluster will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds after the
ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate
even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not
illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven,
we recommend the pre-tensioner seat
belts and/or SRS control module be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
i Information
• Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in certain frontal collisions.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should
not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly after an accident in
which the pre-tensioner seat belts
were activated.
Additional seat belt safety precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat
belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away
from your neck. Place the lap belt
below your belly so that it fits SNUGLY
across your hips and pelvic bone,
under the rounded part of the belly.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death to an unborn child during
an accident, pregnant women
should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over
the area of the abdomen where
the unborn child is located.
4-16
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants
and small children in a Child
Restraint System appropriate for
the child’s height and weight. To
reduce the risk of serious injury or
death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your
lap or arms when the vehicle is
moving. The violent forces created
during an accident will tear the child
from your arms and throw the child
against the interior of the vehicle.
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a
Child Restraint System that meets
the requirements of the Safety
Standards of your country. Before
buying any Child Restraint System,
make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standard of
your country. The Child Restraint
System must be appropriate for your
child's height and weight. Check the
label on the Child Restraint System
for this information. Refer to “Child
Restraint Systems” in this chapter.
4-17
4
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
Most countries have Child Restraint
System laws which require children to
travel in approved Child Restraint
System devices, including booster
seats. The age at which seat belts can
be used instead of Child Restraint
System differs among countries, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country, and
where you are travelling. Infant and
Child Restraint System must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more details refer to the “Child
Restraint Systems” in this chapter.
Safety system of your vehicle
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat should
always occupy the rear seat and use
the available lap/shoulder belts. A
seat belt should lie across the upper
thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child
safely. Check belt fit periodically. A
child's squirming could put the belt
out of position. In the event of an accident, children are afforded the best
safety restrained by a proper Child
Restraint System in the rear seats.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child
must be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck, they need
to be returned to an appropriate
booster seat in the rear seat.
4-18
WARNING
• Always make sure larger children’s seat belts are worn and
properly adjusted.
• NEVER allow the shoulder belt
to contact the child’s neck or
face.
• Do not allow more than one
child to use a single seat belt.
Seat belt use and injured people
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint system
(seat belts and/or air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
During an accident, you could be
thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seat back is reclined,
the greater the chance for the passenger's hips to slide under the lap
belt or the passenger's neck to strike
the shoulder belt.
• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
• Driver and passengers should
always sit well back in their seats,
properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
When to replace seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no
damage is visible. We recommend that
you consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
4-19
4
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Care of seat belts
Safety system of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the car should sit in
the rear seat and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver. According
to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat.
Larger children not in a child restraint
should use one of the seat belts provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child
and/or infant safety seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commercially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Safety Standards of your country.
Child restraint systems are designed
to be secured in vehicle seats by the
lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt.
Children could be injured or killed in
a crash if their restraints are not
properly secured. For small children
and babies, a child seat or infant seat
must be used.
4-20
Before buying a particular child
restraint system, make sure it fits
your car seat and seat belts, and fits
your child. Follow all the instructions
provided by the manufacturer when
installing the child restraint system.
WARNING
• A child restraint system must be
placed in the rear seat. Never
install a child or infant seat on
the front passenger's seat.
Should an accident occur and
cause the passenger-side air
bag to deploy, it could severely
injure or kill an infant or child
seated in an infant or child seat.
Thus only use a child restraint in
the rear seat of your vehicle.
• A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot if it is
left in a closed vehicle on a
sunny day, even if the outside
temperature does not feel hot.
Be sure to check the seat cover
and buckles before placing a
child there.
• When the child restraint system
is not in use, store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat
belt so that it will not be thrown
forward in the case of a sudden
stop or an accident.
• Children may be seriously
injured or killed by an inflating
air bag. All children, even those
too large for child restraints,
must ride in the rear seat.
WARNING
• Never allow a child to stand-up or
and a child. During a crash, the
belt could press deep into the
child causing serious internal
injuries.
• Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle – not even for a short
time. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in serious
injuries to children inside. Even
very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move,
entangle themselves in the windows, or lock themselves or others inside the vehicle.
• Never allow two children, or any
two persons, to use the same seat
belt.
• Children often squirm and reposition themselves improperly.
Never let a child ride with the
shoulder belt under their arm or
behind their back. Always properly position and secure children in
rear seat.
kneel on the seat or floorboard of
a moving vehicle. During a collision or sudden stop, the child can
be violently thrown against the
vehicles interior, resulting in serious injury.
Never use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks"
over a seatback, it may not provide adequate security in an accident.
Seat belts can become very hot,
especially when the car is parked
in direct sunlight. Always check
seat belt buckles before fastening them over a child.
After an accident, we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
If there is not enough space to
place the child restraint system
because of the driver's seat,
install the child restraint system
in the rear seat behind the front
passenger.
•
•
•
•
4-21
4
Safety system of your vehicle
To reduce the chance of serious or
fatal injuries:
• Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck
by an inflating air bag resulting in
serious or fatal injuries.
• Always follow the instructions for
installation and use of the child
restraint maker.
• Always make sure the child seat
is secured properly in the car and
your child is securely restrained
in the child seat.
• Never hold a child in your arms or
lap when riding in a vehicle. The
violent forces created during a
crash will tear the child from your
arms and throw the child against
the car’s interior.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself
Safety system of your vehicle
Using a child restraint system
■ Rearward-facing child restraint system
This child seat or infant seat should
be of appropriate size for the child
and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
For safety reasons, we recommend
that the child restraint system is used
in the rear seats.
WARNING
CRS09
■ Forward-facing child restraint system
OIB034017
For small children and babies, the
use of a child seat or infant seat is
required.
4-22
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger
seat, because of the danger that
an inflating passenger-side air bag
could impact the rear-facing child
restraint and kill the child.
WARNING
Child seat installation
• A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the child
restraint
is
not
properly
anchored to the car and the
child is not properly restrained in
the child restraint. Before
installing the child restraint system, read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer.
• If the seat belt does not operate
as described in this section, we
recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Failure to observe this manual's
instructions regarding child
restraint system and the instructions provided with the child
restraint system could increase
the risk and/or severity of injury
in an accident.
Installing a child restraint system
by lap/shoulder belt
4
To install a child restraint system on
the outboard or center rear seats, do
the following:
1. Place the child restraint system in
the seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions. Be
sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
MMSA3030
3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the
seat belt to take up any slack. After
installation of the child restraint
system, try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint
system is securely installed.
If you need to tighten the belt, pull
more webbing toward the retractor.
When you unbuckle the seat belt and
allow it to retract, the retractor will
automatically revert back to its normal seated passenger emergency
locking usage condition.
4-23
Safety system of your vehicle
E2MS103005
E2BLD310
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emergency.
Safety system of your vehicle
Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt
Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the child safety seats,
refer to the following table.
Mass Group
Co-Driver
2nd row LH
2nd row RH
2nd row Centre
Intermediate
Centre
Group 0
Up to 10 kg
X
U
U
X
-
Group 0+
Up to 13 kg
X
U
U
X
-
Group I
9 to 18 kg
UF
U
U
UF
-
Group II
15 to 25 kg
UF
U
U
UF
-
Group III
22 to 36 kg
UF
U
U
UF
-
Key of letters to be inserted in the above table :
U = Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.
UF = Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.
X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.
LH = Left Hand, RH = Right Hand
Remarks:- Front LH Seat upright. Rearmost position. Seat belt shoulder anchorage to lowest position.
4-24
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
4
Safety system of your vehicle
1. Driver’s front air bag
2. Passenger’s front air bag*
* : if equipped
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAH2038008
4-25
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
• Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk
and severity of injury in the event
of a collision or rollover.
• SRS and pretensioners contain
explosive chemicals.
If scraping a vehicle without
removing SRS and pretensioners
from a vehicle, it may cause fire.
Before scraping a vehicle, we
recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Keep the SRS parts and wirings
away from water or any liquid. If
the SRS components are inoperative due to exposure to water or
liquids, it may cause fire or severe
injury.
4-26
How does the air bag system
operate
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is placed to the ON
or START position.
• Air bags inflate instantly in the
event of serious frontal collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision and its direction. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/ inflation signal.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident.
It is much more likely that you will
simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
• In order to help provide protection
in a severe collision, the air bags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of
air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which a
collision occurs and the need to
get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part
of air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal
injuries, especially if the occupant
is positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel.
• To avoid severe personal injury
or death caused by deploying air
bags in a collision, the driver
should sit as far back from the
steering wheel air bag as possible. The front passenger should
always move their seat as far
back as possible and sit back in
their seat.
• Air bag inflates instantly in an
event of a collision, passengers
may be injured by the air bag
expansion force if they are not in
a proper position.
• Air bag inflation may cause
injuries including facial or bodily
abrasions, injuries from broken
glasses or burns.
WARNING
When the air bags deploy, the air
bag related parts in the steering
wheel and/or instrument panel
and/or in both sides of the roof
rails above the front and rear
doors are very hot. To prevent
injury, do not touch the air bag
storage areas internal components immediately after an air bag
has inflated.
4-27
4
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Noise and smoke
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and they leave smoke
and powder in the air inside of the
vehicle. This is normal and is a result
of the ignition of the air bag inflator.
After the air bag inflates, you may
feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest
with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are nontoxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc.). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult
with the doctor if the symptom persists.
Safety system of your vehicle
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger’s seat.
(if equipped)
WARNING
• NEVER use a rearward facing
Air bag warning and indicator
(if equipped)
Air bag warning light
child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIR BAG in
front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS
INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
• Never put a child restraint in the
front passenger’s seat. If the
front passenger air bag inflates,
it would cause serious or fatal
injuries.
OYDESA2042
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it would cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
4-28
W7-147
The purpose of the air bag warning
light in your instrument panel is to
alert you of a potential problem with
your air bag - Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS).
SRS components and functions
OAH2038010
The SRSCM continuously monitors
all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a
crash impact is severe enough to
require air bag deployment or pretensioner seat belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate for
about 6 seconds after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
after which the air bag warning light
should go out.
The SRS consists of the following
components:
(1) Driver's front air bag module
(2) Passenger's front air bag module*
(3) Pre-tensioner seatbelt system*
(4) Air bag warning light
(5) SRS control module (SRSCM)
(6) Front impact sensors
* : if equipped
4-29
4
Safety system of your vehicle
When the ignition switch is turned
ON, the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds,
then go off.
Have the system checked if:
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
If any of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction of the SRS. We recommend
that the system be inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
4-30
■ Driver’s front air bag (1)
■ Driver’s front air bag (2)
B240B01L
B240B02L
The air bag modules are located
both in the center of the steering
wheel and in the front passenger's
panel above the glove box. When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
■ Driver’s front air bag (3)
■ Passenger’s front air bag
• When installing a container of
B240B03L
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately
starts
deflating,
enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer
or operate other controls.
B240B05L
WARNING
• Do not install or place any accessories (drink holder, cassette
holder, sticker, etc.) on the front
passenger's panel above the
glove box in a vehicle with a passenger's air bag. Such objects
may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates.
WARNING
• If an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise followed by a
fine dust released in the vehicle.
These conditions are normal and
are not hazardous - the air bags
are packed in this fine powder.
The dust generated during air
bag deployment may cause skin
or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin
areas thoroughly with cold water
and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were
deployed.
4-31
4
Safety system of your vehicle
liquid air freshener inside the
vehicle, do not place it near the
instrument cluster nor on the
instrument panel surface.
It may become a dangerous projectile and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates.
Safety system of your vehicle
• The SRS can function only
when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK
position and remove the ignition
key. Never remove or replace
the air bag related fuse(s) when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position. Failure to heed this
warning will cause the SRS air
bag warning light to illuminate.
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag (if equipped)
■ Driver’s front air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag)
System and lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seating positions.
The indications of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG"
engraved on the air bag pad cover in
the steering wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad above the
glove box.
OAH2038011
■ Passenger’s front air bag
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity.
OAH2038012
4-32
WARNING
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
should be placed over or near
the air bag modules on the
steering wheel, instrument
panel, windshield glass, and the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle
is in a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
Do not attach any objects on the
front windshield and inside mirror.
Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring or other components
of the SRS system. Doing so
could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative.
If the SRS air bag warning light
remains illuminated while the
vehicle is being driven, we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Air bags can only be used once
– we recommend that the system be replaced by an author-
4-33
4
Safety system of your vehicle
Always use seat belts and child
restraints – every trip, every time,
everyone! Air bags inflate with
considerable force and in the blink
of an eye. Seat belts help keep
occupants in proper position to
obtain maximum benefit from the
air bag. Even with air bags,
improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured
when the air bag inflates. Always
follow the precautions about seat
belts, air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual.
To reduce the chance of serious
or fatal injuries and receive the
maximum safety benefit from your
restraint system:
• Never place a child in any child
or booster seat in the front seat.
• ABC – Always Buckle Children in
the back seat. It is the safest
place for children of any age to
ride.
• Front and side impact air bags
can injure occupants improperly
positioned in the front seats.
Move your seat as far back as
practical from the front air bags,
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
You and your passengers
should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags.
Improperly positioned drivers
and passengers can be severely injured by inflating air bags.
Never lean against the door or
center console – always sit in an
upright position.
No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder, cup
holder, perfume or stickers)
Safety system of your vehicle
•
•
•
•
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
The SRS is designed to deploy
the front air bags when an impact
is
sufficiently
severe.
Additionally, the air bags will only
deploy once. Seat belts must be
worn at all times.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rearimpact or rollover crashes. In
addition, front air bags will not
deploy in frontal crashes below
the deployment threshold.
A child restraint system must
never be placed in the front
seat. The infant or child could be
severely injured or killed by an
air bag deployment in case of an
accident.
Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in
the rear seat. Never allow chil-
4-34
dren to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must
be seated in the front seat, he or
she must be properly belted and
the seat should be moved as far
back as possible.
• For maximum safety protection
in all types of crashes, all occupants including the driver should
always wear their seat belts
whether or not an air bag is also
provided at their seating position
to minimize the risk of severe
injury or death in the event of a
crash. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bag while
the vehicle is in motion.
• Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious or fatal
injury in a crash. All occupants
should sit upright with the seat
back in an upright position, cen-
tered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on
the floor until the vehicle is
parked and the ignition key is
removed.
• The SRS air bag system must
deploy very rapidly to provide
protection in a crash. If an occupant is out of position because
of not wearing a seat belt, the air
bag may forcefully contact the
occupant causing serious or
fatal injuries.
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module
(2) Front impact sensor
OAH2038013/OAH2038014/OAH2038015
4-35
4
Safety system of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non-inflation
conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second
or third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air
bag deployment, which could
result in serious personal injury
or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered in
any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not or
they may not deploy when they
should, causing severe injury or
death.
Therefore, do not try to perform
maintenance on or around the
air bag sensors. We recommend
that the system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are
4-36
changed due to the deformation
of the front bumper and body.
We recommend that the system
be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Your vehicle has been designed
to absorb impact and deploy the
air bag(s) in certain collisions.
Installing aftermarket bumper
guards or replacing a bumper
with non-genuine parts may
adversely affect your vehicles
collision and air bag deployment
performance.
Air bag inflation conditions
OAH2038016
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in certain frontal collision depending
on the crash severity of the front collision.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads or sidewalks, air bags may
deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
4
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions.
OAH2038019
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deployment
would not provide additional occupant protection.
4-37
Safety system of your vehicle
OAH2038017
OAH2038018
• Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
the force of the impact. In this
case, inflated air bags would not be
able to provide any additional benefit.
Safety system of your vehicle
OBH038060
OAH2038020
OED036104
• In a slant or angled collision, the
force of impact may direct the
occupants in a direction where the
air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and
thus the sensors may not deploy
any air bags.
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
"under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.
• Air bags do not inflate in rollover
accidents because vehicle can not
detect rollover accident.
4-38
SRS Care
OAH2038021
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as
utility poles or trees, where the
point of impact is concentrated and
the collision energy is absorbed by
the vehicle structure.
We recommend that the any work on
the SRS system, such as removing,
installing, repairing, or any work on
the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails
be performed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling
of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
• Modification to SRS components or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges to
the pad covers or modifications
to the body structure, can
adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury.
• For cleaning the air bag pad
covers, use only a soft, dry cloth
or one which has been moistened with plain water. Solvents
or cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and
proper deployment of the system.
• No objects should be placed
over or near the air bag modules
on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove
box, because any such object
could cause harm if the vehicle
is in a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to inflate.
• If the air bags inflate, we recommend that the system be replaced
4-39
4
Safety system of your vehicle
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and so there are no parts you
can safely service by yourself. If the
SRS air bag warning light does not
illuminate, or continuously remains
on, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Safety system of your vehicle
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental inflation of the
air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
• If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the
vehicle must be scrapped, certain
safety precautions must be
observed.
An
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer knows these
precautions and can give you
the necessary information.
Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could
increase the risk of personal
injury.
• If your car was flooded and has
soaked carpeting or water on
the flooring, you shouldn't try to
start the engine; we recommend
that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4-40
Additional safety precautions
• Never let passengers ride in the
cargo area or on top of a foldeddown back seat. All occupants
should sit upright, fully back in their
seats with their seat belts on and
their feet on the floor.
• Passengers should not move out
of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is
not wearing a seat belt during a
crash or emergency stop can be
thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other occupants,
or out of the vehicle.
• Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant. If more than
one person uses the same seat
belt, they could be seriously injured
or killed in a collision.
• Do not use any accessories on
seat belts. Devices claiming to
improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the
protection provided by the seat belt
and increase the chance of serious
injury in a crash.
• Passengers should not place hard
or sharp objects between themselves and the air bags. Carrying
hard or sharp objects on your lap
or in your mouth can result in
injuries if an air bag inflates.
• Keep occupants away from the air
bag covers. All occupants should
sit upright, fully back in their seats
with their seat belts on and their
feet on the floor. If occupants are
too close to the air bag covers,
they could be injured if the air bags
inflate.
• Do not attach or place objects on
or near the air bag covers. Any
object attached to or placed on the
front or side impact air bag covers
could interfere with the proper
operation of the air bags.
• Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats
could interfere with the operation of
the supplemental restraint system
sensing components or side impact
air bags.
WARNING
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning label
(if equipped)
4
OAH2038022
Air bag warning labels are attached
to alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system.
Be sure to read all of the information
about the air bags that are installed on
your vehicle in this Owner’s Manual.
• Sitting improperly or out of position can cause occupants to be
shifted too close to a deploying
air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with
your seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and your feet on
the floor.
4-41
Safety system of your vehicle
• Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the
front seats could interfere with the
operation of the supplemental
restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.
• Never hold an infant or child on your
lap. The infant or child could be seriously injured or killed in the event of
a crash. All infants and children
should be properly restrained in
appropriate child safety seats or
seat belts in the rear seat.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing your vehicle .........................................5-3
Remote key .......................................................................5-3
Remote key precautions..................................................5-4
Immobilizer system............................................................5-6
Door locks ...............................................................5-7
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle .......5-7
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ..........5-8
Auto door lock/unlock features ...................................5-9
Child-protector rear door locks ..................................5-10
Tailgate ..................................................................5-11
Opening the tailgate.......................................................5-11
Closing the tailgate .........................................................5-12
Windows ................................................................5-13
Power windows ..............................................................5-13
Hood.......................................................................5-16
Mirrors...................................................................5-22
Inside rearview mirror....................................................5-22
Outside rearview mirror ..............................................5-23
Instrument cluster................................................5-25
Instrument Cluster Control............................................5-26
Gauges ...............................................................................5-26
Transmission Shift Indicator.........................................5-28
Warning and indicator lights ........................................5-32
Light .......................................................................5-38
Exterior lights ..................................................................5-38
Interior lights....................................................................5-41
Wipers and washers ............................................5-43
Windshield wipers ..........................................................5-44
Windshield washers .....................................................5-44
Rear window wiper and washer switch ...................5-45
Opening the hood ..........................................................5-16
Driver assist system ............................................5-46
Opening the fuel filler door .........................................5-18
Closing the fuel filler door ...........................................5-19
Climate control system........................................5-50
Fuel filler door .....................................................5-18
Steering wheel......................................................5-21
Electric power steering (EPS)......................................5-21
Horn....................................................................................5-21
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system ..........5-46
Rear View Monitor..........................................................5-48
Defroster ...........................................................................5-50
Manual climate control system .................................5-51
5
Storage compartment..........................................5-61
Center console storage .................................................5-61
Glove box ..........................................................................5-61
Interior features...................................................5-62
5
Clock ..................................................................................5-62
Sunvisor .............................................................................5-62
Power outlet ....................................................................5-63
Cargo area cover ...........................................................5-64
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
Remote key
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key,
which you can use to lock or unlock
a door.
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
Unlocking
To unlock:
1. Press the Door Unlock button (2)
on the remote key.
2. The doors will unlock. The hazard
warning lights will blink two times.
5
i Information
After unlocking the doors, the doors
will lock automatically after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could place
the key in the ignition switch and
may operate power windows or
other controls, or even make the
vehicle move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
5-3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAH2048001
Locking
To lock :
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
tailgate.
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on
the remote key.
3. The doors will lock. The hazard
warning lights will blink once.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door
lock button inside the vehicle.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Start-up
Remote key precautions
For detailed information refer to “Key
Ignition Switch” in chapter 5.
The remote key will not work if any of
the following occur:
• The key is in the ignition switch.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).
• The remote key battery is weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The remote key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the
remote key.
When the remote key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have
a problem with the remote key, it is
recommended that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phones normal operational signals.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the remote
key:
• Keep the remote key away from
water or any liquid and fire. If the
inside of the remote key gets damp
(due to drinks or moisture), or is
heated, internal circuit may malfunction, excluding the car from the
warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
remote key.
• Protect the remote key from
extreme temperatures.
5-4
This is especially important when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
Avoid placing the remote key and
your mobile phone in the same pants
or jacket pocket and always try to
maintain an adequate distance
between the two devices.
i Information
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment. If
the keyless entry system is inoperative
due to changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance, it will not
be covered by your manufacturer’s
vehicle warranty.
NOTICE
Keep the remote key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves to the
key surface.
Battery replacement
5. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
For transmitter replacement, see an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
transmitter reprogramming.
Transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years. When replacement is necessary, use the following procedure.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
and regulation.
OAH2048051
1. Turn the screw (1) counterclockwise using a philips head screwdriver until the screw gets loose.
2. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter
cover.
OAH2048003
3. Open the inner transmitter cover
(2) by removing the hook from the
slots (3).
4. Replace the battery (4) with a new
battery (CR1220).
5-5
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAH2048002
If you suspect your remote key might
have sustained some damage, or
you feel your remote key is not working correctly, it is recommended that
you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Immobilizer system
The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used,
the engine’s fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly,
then go off. If the indicator starts to
blink, the system does not recognize
the coding of the key.
Place the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF position, then place the
ignition switch to the ON position
again.
The system may not recognize your
key’s coding if another immobilizer
key or other metal object (i.e., key
chain) is near the key. The engine
may not start because the metal may
interrupt the transponder signal from
transmitting normally.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, it is
recommended that you contact your
HYUNDAI dealer.
5-6
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of
vehicle, do not leave spare
anywhere in your vehicle.
immobilizer password is a
tomer unique password
should be kept confidential.
your
keys
Your
cusand
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of
trouble-free service, however you
should avoid exposure to moisture,
static electricity and rough handling.
Immobilizer
system
malfunction
could occur.
Disclaimer:
The system is designed in such a
way that it makes vehicle theft
difficult if its circuit and battery
connection is uninterrupted.
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle
Mechanical key
Remote key
i Information
OAH2048001
OAH2048004
Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the front
of the vehicle to lock.
If you lock/unlock the driver's door
with a key, all vehicle doors will
lock/unlock automatically.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
To lock the doors, press the Door
Lock button (1) on the remote key.
To unlock the doors, press the Door
Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
5-7
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect
the circuit and prevent damage to
system components.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
With the door lock button
OAH2048005
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (2) outward.
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
key is in the ignition switch and any
front door is open.
5-8
i Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try
one or more of the following techniques to exit:
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the
door handle.
Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.
Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door
from outside.
WARNING
• The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while the
vehicle is in motion. If the doors
are unlocked, the risk of being
thrown from the vehicle in a
crash is increased.
• Do not pull the inner door handle
of the driver’s or passenger’s
door while the vehicle is moving.
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Children might
operate features of the vehicle that
could injure them, or they could
encounter other harm, possibly
from someone gaining entry to the
vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle
Opening a door when something is
approaching may cause damage
or injury. Be careful when opening
doors and watch for vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door.
WARNING
Auto door lock/unlock features
Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped)
All doors will be automatically
unlocked when an impact causes the
air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
(if equipped)
All doors will be automatically locked
when vehicle speed exceeds 15
km/h (9 mph).
If you stay in the vehicle for a long
time while the weather is very hot
or cold, there are risks of injuries
or danger to life. Do not lock the
vehicle from the outside when
someone is in the vehicle.
5-9
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
increases the potential risk to you
or others from someone hiding in
your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake, move the shift
lever to the N (Neutral) position (for
Automated Manual Transmission)
or first gear or R (Reverse) (for
Manual Transmission), engage the
parking brake, and place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position,
close all windows, lock all doors,
and always take the key with you.
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
Child-protector rear door locks
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
key (or screwdriver) into the hole (1)
and turn it to the lock (
) position.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
WARNING
OAH2048006
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children seated in the
rear from accidentally opening the
rear doors. The rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door. When the
child safety lock is in the lock position
(
), the rear door will not open if
the inner door handle is pulled.
5-10
If children accidently open the rear
doors while the vehicle is in
motion, they could fall out of the
vehicle. The rear door safety locks
should always be used whenever
children are in the vehicle.
TAILGATE
Opening the tailgate
WARNING
The tailgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate.
5
NOTICE
OAH2048007
With the key (if equipped)
• The tailgate unlocks by turning the
key to the "Unlock" position.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be
opened by pulling up the tailgate
by the handle.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
5-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAH2048008
With the tailgate lid release lever
• To open the tailgate from inside the
vehicle, pull up the tailgate lid
release lever.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be
opened by pulling up the tailgate
by the handle.
Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
tailgate lift cylinders and attaching
hardware if the tailgate is not closed
prior to driving.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the tailgate
To close the tailgate, lower and push
down the tailgate firmly. Make sure
that the tailgate is securely latched.
WARNING
WARNING
Always keep the tailgate lid completely closed while the vehicle is in
motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing
carbon monoxide (CO) may enter
the vehicle and serious illness or
death may result.
WARNING
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in the
rear cargo area where no
restraints are available. To avoid
injury in the event of an accident or
sudden stops, occupants should
always be properly restrained.
5-12
OAH2048010
Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that
supports the tailgate. Be aware that
the deformation of the part may
cause vehicle damage and a risk of
safety accident.
WINDOWS
Power windows (if equipped)
* : if equipped
OAH2048011
5-13
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear power window switch
(Right)*
(4) Rear power window switch
(Left)*
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Power window lock switch*
(7) Rear power window switch
(Right) on rear door
(8) Rear power window switch (Left)
on rear door
Convenient features of your vehicle
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to be able to raise or lower
the windows. Each Rear Door has a
Power Window Switch to control the
door’s Window. For the Front Door,
The Power Window Switch is provided in the Center Console(for the
Driver and Front Passenger
Operation). The Power Window in the
console has a window lock switch
which can block the operation of rear
windows.
The power windows will operate for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition switch is placed in the ACC
or LOCK/OFF position. However, if
the front doors are opened, the
Power Windows cannot be operated
even within the 30 second period.
5-14
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows
down, your vehicle may demonstrate
a wind buffeting or pulsation noise.
This noise is normal and can be
reduced or eliminated by taking the
following actions. If the noise occurs
with one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front windows approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).
Window operating and closing
(Rear Door)
OAH2048012
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch (5).
Power window lock switch
(if equipped)
• Always double check to make
• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not
open or close two windows or
more at the same time. This will
also ensure the longevity of the
fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch at the center console and
the individual door window switch
(on rear doors) in opposite direction
at the same time. If this is done, the
window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
WARNING
sure all arms, hands, head and
other obstructions are safely out
of the way before closing a window.
• Do not allow children to play with
the power windows. Keep the
main power window(on the center
console) lock switch in LOCK
position(pressed).
Serious injury can result from
unintentional window operation by
the child.
• Do not extend your head, arms
or body outside the windows
while driving.
• NEVER leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children, when the engine is running.
• NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very
young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move,
entangle themselves in the windows, or otherwise injure themselves or others.
5-15
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAH2048013
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passengers' doors by pressing the power
window lock switch.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
• The driver’s and front passenger’s
master control(the switch on the
center console) can operate all the
power windows
• The rear passenger's control cannot operate the rear passengers'
power window.
NOTICE
Convenient features of your vehicle
HOOD
Opening the hood
OAH2048014
1. Make sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral, for Automated Manual
Transmission vehicle) or first gear
or R (Reverse, for Manual
Transmission vehicle) and set the
parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
5-16
OAH2048015
OAH2048016
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, push the secondary latch up (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
4. Pull out the support rod.
5. Hold the hood opened with the
support rod.
WARNING
The support rod must be inserted
completely into the hole provided
whenever you inspect the engine
compartment. This will prevent the
hood from falling and possibly
injuring you.
WARNING
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. Check there
is no hood open warning light or
message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood
opened may cause a total loss of
visibility, which might result in an
accident.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are
removed from the hood opening.
Closing the hood with an
obstruction present in the hood
opening may result in property
damage or severe personal
injury.
• Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
• Do not move the vehicle with the
hood raised. The view will be
blocked and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
5-17
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed
from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 30cm from the
closed position) and push down to
securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is
secure.
Convenient features of your vehicle
FUEL FILLER DOOR
Opening the fuel filler door
i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on
the door. If necessary, spray around the
door with an approved de-icer fluid (do
not use radiator anti-freeze) or move
the vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
OAH2048018
OAH2048017
The fuel filler door must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pulling up
the fuel filler door opener.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Pull the fuel filler door opener up.
5-18
3. Pull the fuel filler door out (1) to
fully open.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap (2), turn
it clockwise until it “clicks” once.
This indicates that the cap is
securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler door (1) and
push it lightly and make sure that it
is securely closed.
Petrol is highly flammable and
explosive. Failure to follow these
guidelines may result in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the location of the Emergency Petrol
Shut-Off, if available, at the gas
station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle,
you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity
by touching a metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle,
or other gas source, with your
bare hand.
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially
ignite fuel vapors and cause a
fire.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling.
You can generate a build-up of
static electricity by touching, rubbing or sliding against any item or
fabric capable of producing static
electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire.
If you must re-enter the vehicle,
you should once again eliminate
potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or
other petrol source, with your
bare hand.
• When
using an approved
portable fuel container, be sure
to place the container on the
ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact between
your bare hand and the vehicle
should be maintained until the
filling is complete.
• Use only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to carry
and store petrol.
• When refueling, always move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (for Automated Manual
Transmission vehicle) or first
gear or R (Reverse) (for Manual
Transmission vehicle), set the
parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF
position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related to
the engine can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a lighter
5-19
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not use cellular phones while
Convenient features of your vehicle
•
•
•
•
and do not smoke or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at
a gas station, especially during
refueling.
Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
petrol spillage.
If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the
manager of the gas station and
then contact the local fire
department. Follow any safety
instructions they provide.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and thus subject you to the risk
of fire and burns. Always
remove the fuel cap carefully
and slowly. If the cap is venting
fuel or if you hear a hissing
sound, wait until the condition
stops before completely removing the cap.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
5-20
spillage in the event of an accident.
i Information
• Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the "Fuel Requirements"
suggested in the foreword chapter.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel
spilled on painted surfaces may
damage the paint.
NOTICE
If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI
cap or the equivalent specified for
your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap
can result in a serious malfunction of
the fuel system or emission control
system.
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS)
NOTICE
If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light ( ) will illuminate
on the instrument cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to
control or operate. Take your vehicle
to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
and have the system checked as
soon as possible.
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics.
When the diagnostics is completed,
the steering wheel will return to its
normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the ignition switch is
placed to the ON or LOCK/OFF
position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at stop or at a low driving
speed.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal
noise may occur. If temperature
rises, the noise will disappear. This
is a normal condition.
Horn
5
OAH2048019
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn pad severely
to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do
not press on the horn pad with a
sharp-pointed object.
5-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
The system assists you with steering
the vehicle. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system becomes
inoperative, the vehicle may still be
steered, but it will require increased
steering effort.
Also, the steering effort becomes
heavier as the vehicle’s speed
increases and becomes lighter as
the vehicle’s speed decreases for
better control of the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, we recommend
that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
Convenient features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Before you start driving, adjust the
rearview mirror to the center on the
view through the rear window.
WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in
the rear seat, cargo area, or behind
the rear headrests which could
interfere with your vision through the
rear window.
5-22
WARNING
Day/night rearview mirror
To prevent serious injury during
an accident or deployment of the
air bag, do not modify the rearview
mirror and do not install a wide
mirror.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while
driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an accident.
OAH2048020
[A] : Day, [B] : Night
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce glare from the headlights of
the vehicles behind you during night
driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
Outside rearview mirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors.
WARNING
Rearview mirrors
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is
moving. This could result in loss of
control, and an accident which
could cause death, serious injury or
property damage.
5
view mirror are convex. Objects
seen in the mirror are closer than
they appear.
• Use your interior rearview mirror
or turn your head and look to
determine the actual distance of
following vehicles when changing lanes.
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface
of the glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved spray de-icer (not
radiator antifreeze) spray, or a
sponge or soft cloth with very
warm water, or move the vehicle to
a warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
OIB034041
Manual type (if equipped)
To adjust an outside mirror, move the
control lever.
5-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Both right and left outside rear
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
OAH2048021
Electric type (if equipped)
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
Move the lever (1) to the L (Left) or R
(Right) to select the rearview mirror
you would like to adjust.
Use the mirror adjustment control to
position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
After adjustment, move the lever (1)
to the middle to prevent inadvertent
adjustment.
5-24
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting
angles, but the motor continues to
operate while the switch is
pressed. Do not press the switch
longer than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand or the
motor may be damaged.
Folding the outside rearview mirror
OAH2048022
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the
vehicle.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
5
2. Speedometer
3. Fuel gauge
4. Warning and indicator lights
5. Trip mode/reset button
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the
"Gauges" in this chapter.
OAH2048100
5-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
1. Tachometer
Convenient features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control
WARNING
Tachometer
Gauges
Speedometer
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in
loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious
injury, or property damage.
OAH2048102
OAH2048101
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in kilometers per hour (km/h).
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE. This may
cause severe engine damage.
5-26
Fuel Gauge
WARNING
Odometer
Fuel Gauge
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes on or
when the gauge indicator comes
close to the “E (Empty)” level.
5
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
i Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is
nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
OAH2048104
NOTICE
Avoid driving with a very low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 1599999 kilometers or 999999 miles.
i Information
It is forbidden to alter the odometer of
all vehicles with the intent to change
the mileage registered on the odometer. The alteration may void your warranty coverage.
5-27
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAH2048103
Convenient features of your vehicle
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automated Manual Transmission
Shift Indicator
(if equipped)
Manual Transmission Shift
Indicator (if equipped)
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the
3rd gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st
gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to
the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th,
or 6th gear).
When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed.
OAH2048106
OAH2048105
This indicator displays which
Automated Manual Transmission shift
lever is selected.
•
•
•
•
Reverse : R
Neutral : N
Drive Mode : D1, D2, D3, D4, D5
Manual Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
5-28
This indicator informs which gear is
desired while driving to save fuel.
• Shifting up : ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5
• Shifting down : ▼3, ▼4
Tripmeter/Trip computer
Press the trip mode/reset button for
less than 1 second to select any
mode as follows:
Tripmeter A
Tripmeter B
5
Average fuel consumption*
OAH2048023
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving, when the ignition switch is
in the ON position. All stored driving
information (except odometer & Trip
A & B) resets if the battery is disconnected.
Instant fuel consumption*
Average speed*
Elapsed time*
* if equipped
OAH2048107
Tripmeter (km or mi.)
A : Tripmeter A
B : Tripmeter B
This mode indicates the distance of
individual trips selected since the
last tripmeter reset.
The meter's working range is from
0.0 to 9999.9 km. (0.0 to 9999.9
miles). Pressing the trip mode/reset
button for more than 1 second, when
the tripmeter is being displayed,
clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).
5-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
Distance to empty*
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAH2048108
OAH2048109
OAH2048110
Distance to empty (if equipped)
(km or mi.)
This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the current
fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of
fuel delivered to the engine. When the
remaining distance is below 1 km (1
mile), “---” will be displayed.
The meter’s working range is from 1
to 999 km (1 to 615 miles).
Average fuel consumption
(if equipped) (km/L or MPG)
This mode calculates the average
fuel consumption from the total fuel
used and the distance since the last
average consumption reset. The total
fuel used is calculated from the fuel
consumption input. For an accurate
calculation, drive more than 300 m
(0.18 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average fuel
consumption is being displayed,
clears the average fuel consumption
to zero (--.-).
Instant fuel consumption
(if equipped) (km/L or MPG)
This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption of the last few seconds.
5-30
NOTICE
5
OAH2048111
OAH2048112
Average speed (km/h or MPH)
This mode calculates the average
speed of the vehicle since the last
average speed reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the average speed keeps going while
the engine is running.
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average
speed is being displayed, clears the
average speed to zero (---).
Elapsed time (if equipped)
This mode indicates the total time
traveled since the last driving time
reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the driving time keeps going while
the engine is running.
The meter’s working range is from
00:00~99:59.
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the driving time
is being displayed, clears the driving
time to zero (00:00).
5-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the “Distance to
empty” function may not operate
correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to
the vehicle.
• The fuel consumption and distance
to empty may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the
vehicle.
• The distance to empty value is an
estimate of the available driving
distance. This may differ from the
actual driving distance available.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Warning and indicator lights
Seat Belt Warning Light
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
(or front passenger) that the seat belt
is not fastened.
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or WK-23
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds
- It remains on if the parking brake
is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level is low.
i Information - Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the engine. If any
light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
Air bag Warning Light (if
equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-32
For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belts” in chapter 2.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure are
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light ON is dangerous. If the
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light illuminates with the
parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is
low.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking system will still be operational without
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system).
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-33
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check
the brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required (For
more details, refer to “Brake Fluid”
in chapter 7). Then check all brake
components for fluid leaks. If any
leak on brake system is still found,
the warning light remains on, or
the brakes do not operate properly, do not drive the vehicle.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle towed to an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
inspected.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE - Malfunction
Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the emission control systems which
could effect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
5-34
NOTICE - Petrol Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
Exhaust System (GPF)
Warning Light
(Petrol Engine,
if equipped)
NOTICE
If you continue to drive with the GPF
warning light blinking for a long time,
the GPF system can be damaged
and fuel consumption can worsen.
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When the engine oil pressure is
low.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the
electrical charging system.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7). If
the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available,
we recommend that you have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
5-35
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
This warning light illuminates:
• When accumulated soot reaches a
certain amount.
• When this warning light illuminates, it may turn off after driving
the vehicle under the following
condition:
- at more than 80 km/h (50 mph) for
about 30 minutes (above 3rd gear
with 1500 ~ 4000 engine rpm).
If this warning light blinks in spite of
the procedure (at this time LCD
warning message will be displayed),
we recommend that you have the
GPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Charging System
Warning Light
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE - Engine
Oil Pressure
Warning Light
• If the engine does not stop immediately after the Engine Oil
Pressure Warning Light is illuminated, severe damage could
result.
• If the warning light stays on while
the engine is running, it indicates
that there may be serious engine
damage or malfunction. In this
case,
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check
the oil level. If the oil level is low,
fill the engine oil to the proper
level.
3. Start the engine again. If the
warning light stays on after the
engine is started, turn the engine
off immediately. In this case, we
recommend that you have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-36
Low Fuel Level Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
This warning light illuminates:
When a door is not close securely.
Immobilizer Indicator Light
If the fuel tank is nearly empty, add
fuel as soon as possible.
NOTICE - Low Fuel Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel level
below “E (Empty)” can cause the
engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter (if equipped).
Overspeed Warning
This warning light blinks:
This to prevent you from fast driving.
• When you drive the vehicle more
than 80 km/h, the overspeed warning chime sounds once per 100
seconds.
• When you drive the vehicle more
than 120 km/h, the overspeed warning chime also sounds continuously.
Door Ajar Warning Light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the vehicle detects the immobilizer in your key properly while the
ignition switch is ON.
- At this time, you can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
High Beam Indicator
Light
Press Brake
This indicator light blinks:
When you turn the turn signal light on.
This indicator light illuminates:
- When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
- When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
This indicator light illuminates :
- When changing gear position with
out pressing brake pedal
- When trying to start the engine
without pressing brake pedal
Light ON Indicator Light
Parking Brake Engaged
If any of the following occurs, there
may a malfunction with the turn signal
system. In this case, we recommend
that you have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illuminate at all.
This indicator light illuminates:
When the parking lights or headlights are on.
Front Fog Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates :
- When engine is turned off without
engaging parking brake lever it illuminates for approx. 5 seconds then
goes off
Clutch Over Heated
This indicator light illuminates:
When the front fog lights are on.
This indicator light illuminates :
- When clutch estimated temperature rise up to limited value
5-37
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
Convenient features of your vehicle
LIGHT
Exterior lights
Lighting control
OAH2048024
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position. To operate
the lights, turn the knob at the end of
the control lever to one of the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
5-38
OAH2048025
OAH2048026
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the head
light position, the headlights, license
plate light and instrument panel lights
are turned ON.
Parking light position (
)
When the light switch is in the parking light position, the parking (position) light, license plate light and
instrument panel lights are turned
ON.
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
High beam operation
Turn signals and lane change signals
5
OAH2048027
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you. The low
beams will turn on.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles approaching you.
Using high beam could obstruct the
other driver's vision.
OAH2048029
To signal a turn, push down on the
lever for a right turn or up for a left
turn in position (A). To signal a lane
change, move the turn signal lever
slightly and hold it in position (B). The
lever will return to the OFF position
when released or when the turn is
completed.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
5-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAH2048028
To flash the high beam headlights,
pull the lever towards you, then
release the lever. The high beams
will remain ON as long as you hold
the lever towards you.
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Front fog light (if equipped)
If the turn signal indicator stays on
and does not flash, or if it flashes
abnormally, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit. The bulb may
require replacement.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
OAH2048030
Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
1. Turn on the park light.
2. Move the light switch (1) to the
front fog light position.
3. To turn off the front fog light, turn
the light switch to the front fog light
position again or turn off the parking light.
5-40
NOTICE
Headlight leveling device
(if equipped)
OAH2048031
To adjust the headlight beam level
according to the number of the passengers and loading weight in the
luggage area, turn the beam leveling
switch.
Loading condition
Switch position
Driver only
Driver + Front passenger
0
0
Full passengers
(including driver)
1
Full passengers (including
driver) + Maximum permissible loading
2
Driver + Maximum permissible loading
3
Interior lights
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when
driving in the dark. The interior
lights may obscure your view and
cause an accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is
turned off or the battery will discharge.
5-41
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
The higher the number of the switch
position, the lower the headlight
beam level. Always keep the headlight beam at the proper leveling
position, or headlights may dazzle
other road users.
Listed below are the examples of
proper switch settings. For loading
conditions other than those listed
below, adjust the switch position so
that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Room lamp
OAH2048032
• (1) : In the ON position, the light
stays on at all times.
• (2): In the DOOR position, the light
comes on when any of the door is
opened regardless of the ignition
switch position.
• (3) : In the OFF position, the light
stays off at all times even when a
door is opened.
NOTICE
Do not leave the lamp switches on for
an extended period of time when the
engine is turned off.
5-42
WIPERS AND WASHERS
■ Front
• Type A
■ Rear
• Type B
5
B : Wash with brief wipes
Convenient features of your vehicle
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
C : Rear wiper/washer control
(if equipped)
·
– Wash with brief wipes
· ON – Continuous wipe
· OFF – Off
OAH2048033/OAH2048034/OAH2048035
5-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
Windshield wipers
Windshield washers
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever up (MIST) and
release it. The wipers will
operate continuously if the
lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wipers are not in operation
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
WARNING
OAH2048036
i Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or
ice before using the wiper and washer,
it may damage the Wiper and washer
system.
5-44
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles. Use this function
when the windshield is dirty. The
spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
When the outside temperature is
below freezing, ALWAYS warm the
windshield using the defroster to
prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in
an accident and serious injury or
death.
NOTICE
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
• To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield
is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers and washer system, use
anti-freezing washer fluids in the
winter season or cold weather.
Rear window wiper and washer
switch (if equipped)
OAH2048037
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
: Wash with brief wipes
ON : Continuous wipe
OFF : Off
5-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) System
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your vehi-
OAH2048038
[A] : Sensor
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) System assists the driver
during reverse movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed
within the distance of about 100 cm
(39 in.) behind the vehicle.
This is a supplemental system that
senses objects within the range and
location of the sensors, it cannot
detect objects in other areas where
sensors are not installed.
cle to make sure there are no
objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to
prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention when
the vehicle is driven close to
objects, particularly pedestrians,
and especially children.
• Be aware that some objects
may not be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness
of the sensor.
Operation of the Parking Distance
Warning (Reverse) System
Operation condition
• This system will activate when
backing up with the power on.
• Sensing distance when backing up
is approximately 100 cm (39 in.)
when you are driving less than 10
km/h (6 mph).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
Types of warning indicator and
sound
NOTICE
Distance from
object
Warning sound
100 cm ~ 61 cm
(39 in. ~ 24 in.)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently.
60 cm ~ 31 cm
(24 in. ~ 12 in.)
Buzzer beeps more
frequently.
Less than
30 cm (12 in.)
Buzzer beeps
continuously.
• If an object is in between sensors
5-46
Non-operational conditions of
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) System
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) System may not operate
normally when:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• The sensor is covered or stained
with foreign material, such as snow
or water, or the sensor cover is
blocked.
There is a possibility of a parking
assist system malfunction when:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
• Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed, or
if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
5-47
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
or close to a sensor, the displayed
indicator may differ from the above
illustration.
• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor
with high pressure water.
• When you shift into the R
(Reverse) position and one or
more of the below situation occurs,
this may indicate a malfunction
with the parking assist system.
• You don't hear an audible warning
sound or the buzzer sounds intermittently.
If this occurs, we recommend that
the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Detecting range may decrease
when:
• Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than
about 1 m (40 in.) and narrower
than about 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
i Information
The system may not recognize objects
less than 30 cm (12 in.) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance.
5-48
NOTICE
Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
Rear View Monitor
(if equipped)
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its
occupants due to a Parking
Distance Warning (Reverse)
System malfunction. Always drive
safely and cautiously.
OAH2048052
The Rear View Monitor will activate
when the engine is running and the
shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
This is a supplemental system that
shows behind the vehicle through
the display audio screen while backing-up.
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the rear
•
•
•
•
camera display when backingup.
ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no
objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to
prevent a collision.
Always pay close attention when
the vehicle is driven close to
objects, particularly pedestrians,
and especially children.
During winter the camera image
may be foggy due to the exhaust
gas if the vehicle is stopped for a
long time or parked in an indoor
parking lot and when you park or
stop your vehicle on hills.
Due to the location of the camera, the license plate may be
partially shown on the bottom of
the rear view screen.
NOTICE
• Do not spray the camera or its surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may
cause the device to not operate
normally.
• Do not use any cleanser containing acid or alkaline detergents
when cleaning the lens. Use only a
mild soap or neutral detergent, and
rinse thoroughly with water.
i Information
Always keep the camera lens clean. The
camera may not work normally if the
lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.
5-49
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
The Rear View Monitor is not a
safety device. It only serves to
assist the driver in identifying
objects directly behind the middle
of the vehicle. The camera does
NOT cover the complete area
behind the vehicle.
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
Defroster
Rear window defroster
(if equipped)
i Information
• If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it
off before operating the rear
defroster.
• The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately
20 minutes or when the ignition
switch is turned off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of
the rear window, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
defrosting and defogging” in this section.
OAH2048301
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the interior and exterior of the rear
window, while engine is running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the climate control system. The indicator
on the rear window defroster button
illuminates when the defroster is ON.
To turn off the defroster, press the
rear window defroster button again.
5-50
Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with outside rearview mirror defrosters, they
will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.
Manual climate control system
5
1. Temperature control knob
3. Mode selection knob
4. Air intake control button (recirculated air position or outside (fresh)
air position)
5. A/C (Air conditioning) button
(if equipped)
6. Rear window defroster button
(if equipped)
OAH2048300
5-51
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Fan speed control knob
Convenient features of your vehicle
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling :
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air or recirculated
air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
(if equipped)
(if equipped)
OAH2048302
5-52
Mode selection
Face-Level (B, D, E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters and side vents.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side vents.
Floor-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side vents.
5-53
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
The mode selection knob controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five
symbols are used to represent Face,
Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and
Defrost air position.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)
Convenient features of your vehicle
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivered from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
■ Front
Temperature control
OAH2048304
■ Rear
OAH2048306
The temperature will
turning the knob to the
The temperature will
turning the knob to the
OAH2048305
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents located in the rear
can be opened or closed separately
using the thumbwheel.
5-54
increase by
right.
decrease by
left.
Air intake control
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
will be
OAH2048309 compartment
drawn through the heating system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control position, move the control lever.
i Information
Prolonged use of the air conditioning
with the recirculated air position
selected will result in excessively dry
air in the passenger compartment.
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in the
recirculated air position can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness,
that may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position as
much as possible while driving.
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in the
recirculated air position (without
the air conditioning selected)
may allow humidity to increase
inside the vehicle which may fog
the glass and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with air
conditioning or heating system
on. It may cause serious harm
or death due to a drop in the
oxygen level and/or body temperature.
5-55
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAH2048307
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
OAH2048308 outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
Fan speed control
Air conditioning (A/C)
(if equipped)
System operation
Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OAH2048310
Turn the knob to the right to increase
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the
knob to the left to decrease fan
speed and airflow.
OAH2048311
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate). Press the button
again to turn the air conditioning system off.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or select
the Front Defroster
5-56
mode.
Air conditioning (if equipped)
HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems
are filled with a R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Push the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. However,
prolonged operation of the recirculated air position will excessively
dry the air. In this case, change the
air position.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position then set the fan
speed control to the highest speed.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in
heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine
overheating.
Continue to use the blower fan but
turn the air conditioning system off if
the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
5-57
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the car through the
ventilation system, temporarily set
the air intake control to the recirculated air position. Return the control to the fresh air position when
the irritation has passed. This will
help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• To prevent inside of the windshield
from fogging, set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan
speed to the desired position, turn
on the air conditioning system, and
adjust the temperature control to
desired temperature.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside
air position.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
5-58
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air
and that of the windshield could
cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss
of visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button to
the
position and fan speed
control to the lower speed.
System maintenance
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control
air filter
Evaporator
core
Heater core
1LDA5047
Climate control air filter
This filter is installed behind the
glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle
through the heating and air conditioning system.
We recommend the climate control
air filter be cleaned according to the
maintenance schedule. If the car is
being driven in severe conditions
such as dusty or rough roads, more
frequent air conditioner filter inspections and cleaning are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, we recommend the system be
checked at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
Because the refrigerant is at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only
be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. It is
important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is
used, otherwise damage to the
vehicle and personal injury may
occur.
i Information
It is important that the correct type
and amount of oil and refrigerant is
used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.
We recommend the air conditioning
system be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
5-59
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a bad influence on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual climate control system
OAH2048313
OAH2048312
To defog inside windshield
1. Select desired fan speed.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the
or
position.
4. Select the outside (fresh) air position. Press the air conditioning button. (if equipped)
5-60
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position.
3. Select the
position.
4. Select the outside (fresh) air position.
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Center console storage
Glove box
Flammable materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the
vehicle. These items may catch
fire and/or explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely
while driving. Items inside your
vehicle are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or turn
quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if
they strike the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
OAH2048039
OAH2048040
These compartments can be used to
store small item.
To open the glove box, pull the lever
and the glove box will automatically
open. Close the glove box after use.
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door
after use.
An open glove box door can cause
serious injury to the passenger in
an accident, even if the passenger
is wearing a seat belt.
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartment.
5-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
Clock (if equipped)
WARNING
Do not adjust the clock while driving. You may lose your steering
control and cause severe personal
injury or accidents.
Time display
Press the [CLOCK] button for less
than 1 second. The current time will
be displayed for 5 seconds. After 5
seconds it will return to the previous
screen.
Time setting
1. Press the [CLOCK] button for
approximately 1 second. You will
enter the clock setup mode.
2. The hour will be blinking. Rotate
the [TUNE] knob to change the
hour.
3. Press the [TUNE] knob to change
the minute.
4. The minute will be blinking. Rotate
the [TUNE] knob to change the
minute.
5. Press the [TUNE] knob to change
the AM/PM.
6. The AM/PM will be blinking. Rotate
the [TUNE] knob to change it.
7. Press the [TUNE] knob to leave
the setup mode.
Sunvisor
■ Driver’s side
OAH2048041
■ Passenger’s side
OAH2048042
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
A mirror (if equipped) is provided on
the sunvisor.
5-62
WARNING
Power outlet (if equipped)
For your safety, do not block your
view when using the sunvisor.
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 120W
(Watt) with the engine running.
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not
place your fingers or foreign
objects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet or touch the power outlet with a
wet hand.
To prevent damage to the Power
outlet:
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using
the accessory plug for prolonged
periods of time with the engine off
could cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 120W (Watt) in
electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to
the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
5-63
5
Convenient features of your vehicle
OAH2048043
NOTICE
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the
plug may overheat or the internal
temperature fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse
current protection. The current from
the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system
and cause system malfunction.
Cargo area cover (if equipped)
• Do not place objects on the
cargo area cover. Such objects
may be thrown about inside the
vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in
the luggage compartment. It is
designed for luggage only.
OAH2048044
Use the cargo area cover to hide
items stored in the cargo area.
The cargo area cover can be uprighted or removed.
5-64
WARNING
NOTICE
Do not put luggage on the cover
since it may be damaged or malformed.
Multimedia System
Multimedia system .................................................6-2
USB port ..............................................................................6-2
Antenna ...............................................................................4-2
Steering wheel audio control .........................................6-3
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free............6-4
How vehicle audio works ................................................6-5
Audio (Without Touch Screen) ............................6-8
System layout - control panel.......................................6-8
System layout - steering wheel remote control.....6-10
Turning the system on or off ......................................6-13
Turning the display on or off ......................................6-13
Getting to know the basic operations .......................6-14
Radio ......................................................................6-15
Turning on the radio ......................................................6-15
Changing the radio mode..............................................6-16
Scanning for available radio stations.........................6-16
Searching for radio stations ........................................6-16
Saving radio stations......................................................6-16
Saving the current radio station .................................6-17
Listening to saved radio stations ................................6-17
Media player.........................................................6-18
Using the media player..................................................6-18
Using the USB mode ......................................................6-19
Bluetooth...............................................................6-22
Connecting Bluetooth devices .....................................6-22
Using a Bluetooth audio device...................................6-25
Using a Bluetooth phone ..............................................6-27
System status icons.............................................6-33
Audio system specifications...............................6-34
USB .....................................................................................6-34
Bluetooth...........................................................................6-35
Trademarks ...........................................................6-36
Bluetooth remote control system
................................6-37
6
Multimedia System
MultiMedia SySteM
NOTICE
USB port
Antenna
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio
and electronic device may malfunction.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,
hand cleaner, and air freshener
from contacting the interior parts
because they may cause damage,
button struck issues or discoloration.
OAH2048045
OAH2048046
You can use an USB port to plug in
USB to play music.
The roof antenna receives AM and
FM broadcast signals. Rotate the
roof antenna in a counterclockwise
direction to remove it. Rotate it in a
clockwise direction to reinstall it.
NOTE : Please go through USB
compatibility list in HYUNDAI India
website.
i Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
6-2
NOTICE
Installation of aftermarket antenna
may result in water leakage, wind
noise, rattling & improper radio operation. We recommend to use the
antenna available with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Steering wheel audio control
(if equipped)
i Information
Some models do not have audio (plastic blanking cover) system, and will
not supply radio main cable. Thus if
you want to insert Aftermarket audio
or OEM audio to listen radio broadcasting service, we recommend to use
the feeder cable available with an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6
OAH2048047
The steering wheel audio control button is installed to promote safe driving.
NOTICE
Do not operate audio remote control
buttons simultaneously.
6-3
Multimedia System
• Before entering a place with a low
height clearance, be sure that the
antenna is removed.
• Be sure to remove the antenna
before washing the vehicle in an
automatic car wash or it may be
damaged.
• When reinstalling your antenna, it
is important that it is fully tightened
and adjusted to the upright position
to ensure proper reception. But it
could be removed when parking
the vehicle.
NOTICE
Multimedia System
VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1)
• Press the up button (+) to increase
volume.
• Press the down button (-) to
decrease volume.
SEEK/PRESET (
/
) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET button is
pressed for 0.8 second or more, it
will work as follows in each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until next
channel is reached.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET button is
pressed for less than 0.8 second, it
will work as follows in each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons.
■ Type A
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK
UP/DOWN button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle
between available Media sources
like Radio, USB, iPod, BT Audio.
OAH2048049
■ Type B
MUTE (4)
• Press the button to mute the
sound.
• Press the button again to activate
the sound.
Detailed information for audio control
buttons is included in the following
pages in this chapter.
6-4
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
hands-free (if equipped)
OAH2048048
How vehicle audio works
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.
FM reception
6
OAH2048050
• Audio : For detailed information,
refer to “AUDIO” in this chapter.
• AVN : Detailed information for the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
hands-free is described in the manual supplied separately.
Multimedia System
You can use the phone wirelessly by
using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
(1) Call / Answer button : Press the
button shortly.
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
JBM001
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located
around your city. They are intercepted
by the radio antenna on your vehicle.
This signal is then processed by the
radio and sent to your vehicle speakers.
When a strong radio signal has
reached your vehicle, the precise
engineering of your audio system
ensures the best possible quality
reproduction. However, in some cases
the signal coming to your vehicle may
not be strong and clear.
6-5
Multimedia System
AM reception
FM radio station
JBM002
JBM003
JBM004
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM radio
waves are transmitted at low frequencies. These long distance, low
frequency radio waves can follow the
curvature of the earth rather than
travelling straight. In addition, they
curve around obstructions resulting
in better signal coverage.
FM broadcasts are transmitted at
high frequencies and do not bend to
follow the earth's surface. Because
of this, FM broadcasts generally
begin to fade within short distances
from the station. Also, FM signals are
easily affected by buildings, mountains, and obstructions. This can lead
to undesirable or unpleasant listening conditions which might lead you
to believe a problem exists with your
radio. The following conditions are
normal and do not indicate radio
trouble:
• Fading - As your vehicle moves
away from the radio station, the
signal will weaken and sound will
begin to fade. When this occurs,
we suggest that you select another
stronger station.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or
fluttering noises to occur. Reducing
the treble level may lessen this
effect until the disturbance clears.
6-6
Using a cellular phone or a twoway radio
When a cellular phone is used inside
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does not
mean that something is wrong with the
audio equipment. In such a case, use
the cellular phone at a place as far as
possible from the audio equipment.
OJF045311L
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted.
When a cellular phone or a radio set
is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely
affect safe operation of the vehicle.
iPod® is a registered trademark of
Apple Inc.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by HYUNDAI is under
license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to
use a cellular phone.
6-7
6
Multimedia System
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from several
directions can cause distortion or
fluttering. This can be caused by a
direct and reflected signal from the
same station, or by signals from two
stations with close frequencies. If
this occurs, select another station
until the condition has passed.
NOTICE
iPod®
Multimedia System
audiO (Without touch Screen)
System layout – control panel
(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)
(1) SEEK/TRACK button
• Change the station/track/file.
• While listening to the radio, press and
hold to search for a station.
• While playing media, press and hold to
rewind or fast forward (except for the
Bluetooth audio mode).
(2) MENU button/CLOCK button
• Press to access the menu screen for
the current mode.
• Press and hold to access the time
setup screen.
(3) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER button
• While listening to the radio, turn to
adjust the frequency.
• While playing media, turn to search for
a track/file (except for the Bluetooth
audio mode).
• During a search, press to select the
current track/file.
❈ The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration.
6-8
(4) AUDIO button
• Press to display the radio/media mode
selection window.
• When the mode selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
desired mode and then press the knob.
• When the Mode popup is not selected
in [MENU/CLOCK] u Mode popup,
press the [AUDIO] button on the control
panel to change the mode. Each time
you press the [AUDIO] button on the
control panel, the mode switches to
radio u media in order.
6
(5) PHONE button
• Press to start connecting a mobile
phone via Bluetooth.
• After a Bluetooth phone connection is
made, press to access the Bluetooth
phone menu.
(6) FAV button
• While listening to the radio, press to
move to next page of the preset list.
(7) POWER button/VOL knob
• Press to turn the system on or off.
• Turn to the left or right to adjust the system sound volume.
(8) Number buttons (1 RPT~ 4 BACK)
• While listening to the radio, press to listen to a saved radio station.
• While listening to the radio, press and
hold to save the current radio station to
the preset.
• In the USB/Bluetooth audio modes,
press the [1 RPT] button to change the
repeat play mode. Press the [2 SHFL]
button to change the shuffle play mode.
• Press the [4 BACK] button to return to
the previous screen (except for the
radio preset list).
❈ The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration.
6-9
Multimedia System
(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)
Multimedia System
System layout – steering wheel
remote control
(Bluetooth® equipped model)
❈ The actual features in the car may
differ from the illustration.
(1) MODE button
• Press to switch between radio and
media modes.
• If no media is connected, each
time this is pressed, it toggles
between the radio modes (FM u
AM u FM).
• Press and hold to turn the system
on or off.
6-10
(2) Up/Down seesaw button
• Change the station/track/file.
• While listening to the radio, push to
listen to the previous/next saved
radio station.
• While listening to the radio, push
and hold to search for a station.
• While playing media, push and
hold to rewind or fast forward
(except for the Bluetooth audio
mode).
• While playing media push to listen
to the previous/next song.
(3) Volume button
• Push up or down to adjust the
volume.
(4) MUTE button
• Press to mute or unmute the system.
• During a call, press to mute or
unmute the microphone.
• While playing media, press to
pause or resume playback.
(5) Call/Answer button
• Press to start connecting a mobile
phone via Bluetooth.
• After a Bluetooth phone connection is made, press to access your
call history. Press and hold to dial
the most recent phone number.
When a call comes in, press to
answer the call.
• During a call, press to switch
between the active call and the
held call. Press and hold to switch
the call between the system and
the mobile phone.
• In 3-way call, swaps between calls.
(6) Call end button
WARNING
- About driving
WARNING
- About handling the system
• Do not disassemble or modify
the system. Doing so may result
in an accident, fire, or electric
shock.
• Do not allow liquids or foreign
substances to enter the system.
Liquids or foreign substances
may cause noxious fumes, a
fire, or a system malfunction.
• Stop using the system if it malfunctions, such as no audio output or display. If you continue
using the system when it is malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire,
electric shock, or system failure.
• Do not touch the antenna during
thunder or lightning because
such an act may cause electric
shock.
6-11
6
Multimedia System
• Do not operate the system while
driving. Driving while distracted
may result in a loss of vehicle
control, potentially leading to an
accident, severe personal injury,
or death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
any handheld devices, equipment, or vehicle systems which
divert the driver’s attention from
this responsibility should never
be used during operation of the
vehicle.
• Avoid watching the screen while
driving. Driving while distracted
may lead to a traffic accident.
Stop your vehicle in a safe location before using functions that
require multiple operations.
• Stop your vehicle first before
using your mobile phone. Using
a mobile phone while driving
may lead to a traffic accident. If
necessary, use the Bluetooth
Handsfree feature to make calls
and keep the call as short as
possible.
• Keep the volume low enough to
hear external sounds. Driving
without the ability to hear external sounds may lead to a traffic
accident. Listening to a loud volume for a long time may cause
hearing damage.
Multimedia System
i Information
- About operating the system
• Use the system with the engine running. Using the system for a long
time when the engine is stopped may
discharge the battery.
• Do not install unapproved products.
Using unapproved products may
cause an error while using the system. System errors caused by
installing unapproved products are
not covered under the warranty.
6-12
i Information
- About handling the system
• Do not apply excessive force to the
system. Excessive pressure on the
screen may damage the LCD panel
or the touch panel.
• When cleaning the screen or button
panel, make sure to stop the engine
and use a soft, dry cloth. Wiping the
screen or buttons with a rough cloth
or using solvents (alcohol, benzene,
paint thinner, etc.) may scratch or
chemically damage the surface.
• If you attach a liquid-type air freshener to the fan louvre, the surface of
the louvre may become deformed
due to the flowing air.
• If you want to change the position of
the installed device, please inquire
with your place of purchase or service maintenance centre. Technical
expertise is required to install or disassemble the device.
NOTICE
• If you experience any problems
with the system, contact your place
of purchase or dealer.
• Placing the audio system within an
electromagnetic environment may
result in noise interference.
Turning the system on or off
To turn on the system, start the engine.
• If you do not want to use the system while driving, you can turn off
the system by pressing the
[POWER] button on the control
panel. To use the system again,
press the [POWER] button again.
• Some functions may be disabled
for safety reasons while the
vehicle is moving. They work
only when the vehicle stops.
Park your vehicle in a safe location before using any of them.
• Stop using the system if it malfunctions, such as no audio output or display. If you continue
using the system when it is malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire,
electric shock, or system failure.
Turning the display on or off
To prevent glare, you can turn off the
screen. The screen can be turned off
only while the system is on.
1. On the control panel, press the
[MENU/CLOCK] button.
2. When the option selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select Display off, and then press
the knob.
• To turn the screen back on,
press any of the control panel
buttons.
i Information
You can turn on the system when the
key ignition switch is placed in the
“ACC” or “ON” position. Using the
system for an extended period without
the engine running drains the battery.
If you plan on using the system for a
long time, start the engine
6-13
6
Multimedia System
The system turns off when you stop
the engine (ACC Off).
• When you turn back on the system, the previous mode and settings will remain intact.
WARNING
Multimedia System
Getting to know the basic operations
You can select an item or adjust the
settings by using the number buttons
and the [TUNE] knob on the control
panel.
Selecting an item
Numbered items
Press the corresponding number
button.
6-14
Numberless items
Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
desired item, and then press the
knob.
Adjusting the settings
Turn the [TUNE] knob to adjust the
value, and then press the knob to
save changes.
Turn the [TUNE] knob to the right to
increase the value and turn the
[TUNE] knob to the left to decrease
the value.
RadiO
Turning on the radio
1. On the control panel, press the
[AUDIO] button.
2. When the mode selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select the desired radio mode and
then press the knob.
FM/AM Mode
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on
the control panel to access the following menu options:
• Autostore: Save radio stations to
the preset list.
• Scan: The system searches for
radio stations with strong radio signals and plays each radio station
for about five seconds.
NOTICE
• Depending on vehicle models or
specifications, available options
may vary.
• Depending on the system or amplifier specifications applied to your
vehicle, available options may vary.
• Mode popup: Set to display mode
selection window when the [AUDIO]
button is pressed on the control
panel.
• Lock remote controls: Even if the
Bluetooth remote control application is connected Set the Lock
remote controls, system cannot be
operated via smartphone application.
• Date/Time: You can change the
date and time that are shown on
the system display.
- Set date: Set date to display on
the system display.
- Set time: Set time to display on
the system display.
- Time format: Select to display
time in the 12 hour format or the
24 hour format.
- Display (Power Off): Set to display the clock when the system
power is off.
• Language: You can change the display language.
6-15
6
Multimedia System
(1) Current radio mode
(2) Radio station information
(3) Preset list
• Sound settings: You can change
the settings related to sounds,
such as location where sound will
be concentrated and the output
level for each range.
- Position: Select a location where
sound will be concentrated in the
vehicle. Select Balance, turn the
[TUNE] knob to select the
desired position, and then press
the knob. To set sound to be centred in the vehicle, select Centre.
- Equaliser: Adjust the output level
for each sound tone mode.
- Speed dependent vol.: Set the
volume to be adjusted automatically according to your driving
speed.
Multimedia System
Changing the radio mode
1. On the control panel, press the
[AUDIO] button.
2. When the mode selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select the desired radio mode and
then press the knob.
• Each time you press the
[MODE] button on the steering
wheel, the radio mode switches
to FM u AM in order.
NOTICE
• When the Mode popup is not
selected in [MENU/CLOCK] u
Mode popup, press the [AUDIO]
button on the control panel to
change the radio mode.
Each time you press the [AUDIO]
button on the control panel, the
radio mode switches to FM u AM
in order.
6-16
Scanning for available radio stations
You can listen to each radio station
for a few seconds to test the reception and select the one you want.
1. From the radio screen, press the
[MENU/CLOCK] button on the
control panel.
2. When the option selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select Scan, and then press the
knob.
• The system searches for radio
stations with strong radio signals and plays each radio station for about five seconds.
3. When you find the radio station
you want to listen to, press the
[TUNE] knob.
• You can continue listening to the
selected station.
Searching for radio stations
To search for the previous or next
available radio station, press the
[Ù SEEK] button / [TRACK Ú] button
on the control panel.
• You can also press and hold the
[Ù SEEK] button / [TRACK Ú] button to search for frequencies quickly. When you release the button, a
radio station with a strong signal is
selected automatically.
If you know the exact frequency of
the radio station you want to listen to,
turn the [TUNE] knob on the control
panel to change the frequency.
Saving radio stations
You can save your favourite radio
stations and listen to them by selecting them from the preset list.
Using the auto save function
While listening to the radio, press
and hold the desired number button
on the control panel.
• The radio station you are listening
to will be added to the selected
number.
• To save the next page of the preset
list, press the [FAV] button.
You can search for radio stations in
your area where there is a strong signal. The results of your search can
be saved to the preset list automatically.
1. From the radio screen, press the
[MENU/CLOCK] button on the
control panel.
2. When the option selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select Autostore, and then press
the knob.
NOTICE
• You can save up to 12 radio stations in each mode.
• If a station is already saved to the
selected preset number, the station will be replaced by the station
you are listening to.
Listening to saved radio stations
FM/AM Mode
1. Confirm the preset number for the
radio station you want to listen to.
• To view the next page of the preset list, press the [FAV] button.
2. On the control panel, press the
desired number button.
• Alternatively, push the Up/Down
Seesaw Button on the steering
wheel to change the station.
6
Multimedia System
Saving the current radio station
6-17
Multimedia System
Media PlayeR
Using the media player
You can play music stored in various
media storage devices, such as USB
storage devices, smartphones.
1. Connect a device to the USB port
in your vehicle.
• Playback may start immediately
depending on the device that
you connect to the system.
2. On the control panel, press the
[AUDIO] button.
3. When the mode selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select the desired mode and then
press the knob.
6-18
NOTICE
• To start the media player, press
the [AUDIO] button on the control
panel.
• You can also change the mode by
press the [MODE] button repeatedly
on the steering wheel.
• Make sure to connect or disconnect external USB devices with the
system power turned off.
• When the Mode popup is not selected in [MENU/CLOCK] u Mode
popup, press the [AUDIO] button on
the control panel to change the
media player.
Each time you press the [AUDIO]
button on the control panel, the
media mode switches to USB u
Bluetooth audio in order.
• Depending on vehicle models and
specifications, available buttons or
the appearance and layout of the
USB port in your vehicle may vary.
• Do not connect a smartphone or
an MP3 device to the system via
multiple methods such as USB and
Bluetooth simultaneously. Doing
so may cause a distorted noise or
a system malfunction.
• When the equaliser function of the
connected device and Equaliser
settings of the system are both
activated, the effects may interfere
with each other and may lead to
sound degradation or distortion.
Deactivate the device’s equaliser
function if possible.
Using the USB mode
You can play media files stored in
portable devices, such as USB storage devices and MP3 players. Check
compatible USB storage devices and
file specifications before using the
USB mode.
(1) Current file number and total
number of files
(2) Playback time
(3) Information about the song currently playing
NOTICE
• Depending on vehicle models or
specifications, available options
may vary.
• Depending on the system or amplifier specifications applied to your
vehicle, available options may vary.
• Song information (Media Display):
Select information such as
Folder/File or Artist/Title/Album to
display when playing MP3 files.
• Mode popup: Set to display mode
selection window when the
[AUDIO] button is pressed on the
control panel.
• Lock remote controls: Even if the
Bluetooth remote control application is connected Set the Lock
remote controls, system cannot be
operated via smartphone application.
6-19
6
Multimedia System
Connect your USB device to the
USB port in the vehicle.
• Playback starts immediately.
• Press the [AUDIO] button on the
control panel to display the mode
selection window, turn the [TUNE]
knob to select USB and then press
the knob.
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on
the control panel to access the following menu options:
• List: Access the file list.
• Folder list: Access the folder list.
• Information: Display information
about the song currently playing.
• Sound settings: You can change
the settings related to sounds,
such as location where sound will
be concentrated and the output
level for each range.
- Position: Select a location where
sound will be concentrated in the
vehicle. Select Balance, turn the
[TUNE] knob to select the
desired position, and then press
the knob. To set sound to be centred in the vehicle, select Centre.
- Equaliser: Adjust the output level
for each sound tone mode.
- Speed dependent vol.: Set the
volume to be adjusted automatically according to your driving
speed.
Multimedia System
• Date/Time: You can change the
date and time that are shown on
the system display.
- Set date: Set date to display on
the system display.
- Set time: Set time to display on
the system display.
- Time format: Select to display
time in the 12 hour format or the
24 hour format.
- Display (Power Off): Set to display the clock when the system
power is off.
• Language: You can change the display language.
Rewinding/Fast forwarding
On the control panel, press and hold
the [Ù SEEK] button / [TRACK Ú] button.
• You can also push and hold the
Up/down Seesaw button on the
steering wheel.
6-20
Restarting the current playback
Playing repeatedly
On the control panel, press the
[TRACK Ú] button.
• You can also push the Down lever
on the steering wheel.
On the control panel, press the
[1 RPT] button. The repeat play
mode changes each time you press
it. The corresponding mode icon will
be displayed on the screen.
Playing the previous or next song
To play the previous song, press the
[TRACK Ú] button twice on the control panel. To play the next song,
press the [Ù SEEK] button on the
control panel.
• You can also use the Up/down
Seesaw button on the steering
wheel.
NOTICE
Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to display the mode selection window, turn the [TUNE] knob to
find the desired song and press the
knob to play the file.
Playing in random order
On the control panel, press the
[2 SHFL] button. The shuffle play
mode is activated or deactivated
each time you press it. When you
activate the shuffle mode, the corresponding mode icon will be displayed
on the screen.
Searching folders
1. On the control panel, press the
[MENU/CLOCK] button.
2. When the option selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select the Folder List and then
press the knob.
3. Navigate to the desired folder in
the Folder List and then press the
[TUNE] knob.
• The first song in the selected
folder will be played.
i Information
• When connecting a USB storage
device, do not use an extension
cable. Connect it directly to the
USB port. If you use a USB hub or
an extension cable, the device
may not be recognized.
• Fully insert a USB connector into
the USB port. Failure to do so may
cause a communication error.
• When you disconnect a USB storage device, a distorted noise may
occur.
• The system can play only files
encoded in a standard format.
• The following types of USB
devices may not be recognised or
work correctly:
- Encrypted MP3 players
- USB devices not recognised as
removable disks
• A USB device may not be recognised depending on its condition.
• Some USB devices may be incompatible with your system.
• Depending on the USB device’s
type, capacity, or the format of
files, USB recognition time may be
longer.
• Image and video playback are not
supported.
6
Multimedia System
• Start the engine of your vehicle
before connecting a USB device to
your system. Starting the engine
with a USB device connected to the
system may damage the USB device.
• Be careful of static electricity when
connecting or disconnecting a USB
device. A static discharge may cause
a system malfunction.
• Be careful not to let your body or
external objects contact the USB
port. Doing so may cause an accident or a system malfunction.
• Do not connect and disconnect a
USB connector repeatedly in a short
time. Doing so may cause an error in
the device or a system malfunction.
• Do not use a USB device for purposes other than playing files. Using
USB accessories for charging or
heating may cause poor performance or a system malfunction.
NOTICE
6-21
Multimedia System
BluetOOtH
Connecting Bluetooth devices
Bluetooth is a short-range wireless
networking
technology.
Via
Bluetooth, you can connect nearby
mobile devices wirelessly to send
and receive data between connected
devices. This enables you to use
your devices effectively.
To use Bluetooth, you must first connect a Bluetooth-enabled device to
your system, such as a mobile phone
or an MP3 player. Ensure that the
device you want to connect supports
Bluetooth.
WARNING
Park your vehicle in a safe location
before
connecting
Bluetooth
devices. Distracted driving can
cause a traffic accident and lead to
personal injury or death.
6-22
NOTICE
• On your system, you can use only
Bluetooth Handsfree and Audio
features. Connect a mobile device
that supports both features.
• Some Bluetooth devices may
cause malfunctions to the audio
system or make interference noises. In this case, storing the device
in a different location may resolve
the problem.
• Depending on the connected
Bluetooth device or mobile phone,
some functions may not be supported.
• If the system is not stable due to a
vehicle-Bluetooth device communication error, delete the paired
devices and connect the Bluetooth
devices again.
• If Bluetooth connection is not stable, follow these steps to try again.
1. Deactivate Bluetooth and reactivate it on the device. Then,
reconnect the device.
2. Turn the device off and on.
Then, reconnect it.
3. Remove the battery from the
device and reinstall it. Then, turn
the device on and reconnect it.
4. Unregister the Bluetooth pairing
on both the system and the
device and then re-register and
connect them.
• The Bluetooth connection is
unavailable when the device’s
Bluetooth function is turned off. Be
sure to turn on the device’s
Bluetooth function.
Pairing devices with your system
3. Enter or confirm the passkey to
confirm the connection.
• If the passkey input screen is
displayed on the Bluetooth
device screen, enter the
passkey ‘0000’ which is displayed on the system screen.
• If the 6-digit passkey is displayed on the Bluetooth device
screen,
ensure
that
the
Bluetooth passkey displayed on
the Bluetooth device is the same
as the passkey on the system
screen and confirm the connection from the device.
NOTICE
• The screen image in this manual is
an example. Check your system
screen for the exact vehicle name
and Bluetooth device name.
6-23
6
Multimedia System
For Bluetooth connections, first pair
your device with your system to add
it to the system’s list of Bluetooth
devices. You can register up to five
devices.
1. From the control panel, press the
[PHONE] button, and then select
Phone settings u Add new
device.
• If you are pairing a device with
your system for the first time or
there is no connected devices,
you can also press the
Call/Answer button on the steering wheel.
2. On the Bluetooth device you want
to connect, activate Bluetooth,
search for your vehicle’s system,
and then select it.
• Check the system’s Bluetooth
name, which is displayed in the
new registration pop-up window
on the system screen.
• The default passkey is ‘0000’.
• It may take a while for the system
to connect with the device after
you permit the system to access
the device. When a connection is
made, the Bluetooth status icon
appears at the top of the screen.
• You can change the permission
settings via the mobile phone’s
Bluetooth settings menu. For more
information, refer to your mobile
phone’s user guide.
• To register a new device, repeat
steps 1 to 3.
• If you use the automatic Bluetooth
connection function, a call may be
switched
to
the
vehicle’s
Handsfree when you are taking on
the phone near the vehicle while
the vehicle’s engine is on. If you do
not want the system to connect
with the device automatically,
deactivate Bluetooth on your
device.
• When a device is connected to the
system via Bluetooth, the device’s
battery may discharge faster.
Multimedia System
Connecting a paired device
To use a Bluetooth device on your
system, connect the paired device to
the system. Your system can connect
with only one device at a time.
1. From the control panel, press the
[PHONE] button, and then select
Phone settings u Paired devices.
• If there is no connected device,
press the Call/Answer button on
the steering wheel.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
device to connect, and then press
the knob.
• If another device is already connected to your system, disconnect it. Select the connected
device to disconnect.
6-24
NOTICE
• If a connection ends because a
device is out of the connection
range or a device error occurs, the
connection will be restored automatically when the device enters
the connection range or when the
error is cleared.
• Depending on auto connection priority, connection to a device may
take time.
Disconnecting a device
If you want to stop using a Bluetooth
device or connect another device,
disconnect your currently connected
device.
1. From the control panel, press the
[PHONE] button, and then select
Phone settings u Paired devices.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select
your currently connected device
and then press the knob.
3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select
Yes.
Deleting paired devices
If you no longer want a Bluetooth
device paired or if you want to connect a new device when the
Bluetooth device list is full, delete
paired devices.
1. From the control panel, press the
[PHONE] button, and then select
Phone settings u Delete devices.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
device to delete, and then press
the knob.
3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select
Yes.
NOTICE
• When you delete a paired device,
the Call history and Contacts stored
in the system are also deleted.
• To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.
Using a Bluetooth audio device
You can listen to music stored in the
connected Bluetooth audio device
via your vehicle’s speakers.
1. On the control panel, press the
[AUDIO] button.
2. When the mode selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select Bluetooth audio and then
press the knob.
NOTICE
1. Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button
on the control panel to access the
following a menu option.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select
option and then press the knob.
• Depending on vehicle models or
specifications, available options
may vary.
• Depending on the system or amplifier specifications applied to your
vehicle, available options may vary.
• Mode popup: Set to display
mode selection window when
the [AUDIO] button is pressed
on the control panel.
• Lock remote controls: Even if
the Bluetooth remote control
application is connected Set the
Lock remote controls, system
cannot be operated via smartphone application.
• Date/Time: You can change the
date and time that are shown on
the system display.
- Set date: Set date to display
on the system display.
- Set time: Set time to display
on the system display.
- Time format: Select to display
time in the 12 hour format or
the 24 hour format.
- Display (Power Off): Set to
display the clock when the
system power is off.
• Language: You can change the
display language.
6-25
6
Multimedia System
(1) Information about the song currently playing
• Sound settings: You can change
the settings related to sounds,
such as location where sound
will be concentrated and the output level for each range.
- Position: Select a location
where sound will be concentrated in the vehicle. Select
Balance, turn the [TUNE] knob
to select the desired position,
and then press the knob. To set
sound to be centred in the vehicle, select Centre.
- Equaliser: Adjust the output
level for each sound tone
mode.
- Speed dependent vol.: Set the
volume to be adjusted automatically according to your
driving speed.
Multimedia System
Pausing/Resuming playback
Playing the previous or next song
Playing repeatedly
To pause playback, press the [TUNE]
knob on the control panel. To resume
playback, press the [TUNE] knob
again.
• You can also press the Mute button
on the steering wheel remote control.
To play the previous song, press the
[TRACK Ú] button twice on the control panel. To play the next song,
press the [Ù SEEK] button on the
control panel.
• You can also use the Up/Down
Seesaw button on the steering
wheel.
On the control panel, press the
[1 RPT] button. The repeat play
mode changes each time you press
it. The corresponding mode icon will
be displayed on the screen.
Restarting the current playback
On the control panel, press the
[TRACK Ú] button.
• You can also push the down button
on the steering wheel.
NOTICE
Depending on the connected
Bluetooth device or mobile phone,
playing the previous/next song may
not be supported.
Playing in random order
On the control panel, press the
[2 SHFL] button. The shuffle play
mode is activated or deactivated
each time you press it. When you
activate the shuffle mode, the corresponding mode icon will be displayed
on the screen.
NOTICE
Depending on the connected
Bluetooth device or mobile phone,
RPT & SHFL features may not be
supported.
6-26
NOTICE
Using a Bluetooth phone
You can use Bluetooth to talk on the
phone hands free. View call information on the system screen, and make
or receive calls safely and conveniently via the vehicle’s built-in microphone and speakers.
WARNING
• Park your vehicle in a safe location before connecting Bluetooth
devices. Distracted driving can
cause a traffic accident and lead
to personal injury or death.
• Never dial a phone number or
pick up your mobile phone while
driving. Use of a mobile phone
may distract your attention,
making it difficult to recognize
external conditions and reducing
the ability to cope with unexpected situations, which may
lead to an accident. If necessary, use
the
Bluetooth
Handsfree feature to make calls
and keep the call as short as
possible
6-27
6
Multimedia System
• Depending on the connected
Bluetooth device, mobile phone, or
the music player you are using,
playback controls may differ.
• Depending on the music player
you are using, streaming may not
be supported.
• Depending on the connected
Bluetooth device or mobile phone,
some functions may not be supported.
• If a Bluetooth enabled phone is
being used to play music and it
receives or makes a phone call,
the music will stop.
• Receiving an incoming call or making an outgoing call while playing
Bluetooth audio may result in
audio interference.
• If you use the Bluetooth phone
mode while using Bluetooth audio,
playback may not automatically
resume after you end the call
depending on the connected
mobile phone.
• Moving the track up/down while
playing Bluetooth audio mode may
result in pop noises with some
mobile phones.
• The Rewinding/Fast forwarding
function is not supported in the
Bluetooth audio mode.
• The playlist feature is not supported in the Bluetooth audio mode.
• If the Bluetooth device is disconnected, Bluetooth audio mode will
end.
Multimedia System
NOTICE
• You cannot access the Phone
screen if there is no connected
mobile phone. To use the
Bluetooth phone function, connect
a mobile phone to the system.
• The Bluetooth Handsfree function
may not work when you are passing
out of the cellular service coverage
area, such as when you are in a tunnel, underground, or in a mountainous area.
• Call quality may be degraded in
the following environments:
- The reception of the mobile
phone is poor
- The inside of the vehicle is noisy
- The mobile phone is placed near
metallic objects, such as a beverage can.
• Depending on the connected
mobile phone, the volume and
sound quality of the Bluetooth
Handsfree may vary.
6-28
Making a call
If your mobile phone is connected to
the system, you can make a call by
selecting a name from your call history or contacts list.
1. On the control panel, press the
[PHONE] button.
• Alternatively, press the Call/
Answer button on the steering
wheel.
2. Select a phone number.
• To select a phone number from
your favourites list, select
Favourites.
• To select a phone number from
your call history, select Call history.
• To select a phone number from
your contacts list that downloaded from the connected
mobile phone, select Contacts.
3. To end the call, press the [2 SHFL]
button on the control panel.
• Alternatively, press the Call end
button on the steering wheel.
Using the favourites list
1. From the Phone screen, turn the
[TUNE] knob on the control panel
to select Favourites, and then
press the knob.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
desired contact, and then press
the knob to make a phone call.
• You can register up to 20
favourites for each device.
• You must first download the contacts to the system to register
favourites.
• The favourites list saved on the
mobile phone is not downloaded to
the system.
• Even if the contact information on
the mobile phone is edited, the
favourites on the system are not
automatically edited. Delete and
add the item to favourites again.
• When you connect a new mobile
phone, your favourites set for the
previous mobile phone will not be
displayed, but they will remain in
your system until you delete the
previous phone from the device
list.
Using your call history
1. From the Phone screen, turn the
[TUNE] knob on the control panel
to select Call history, and then
press the knob.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
desired entry, and then press the
knob to make a phone call.
6
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on
the control panel to access the following menu options:
• Download: Download your call history.
• All calls: View all call records.
• Dialled calls: View only dialled
calls.
• Received calls: View only received
calls.
• Missed calls: View only missed
calls.
6-29
Multimedia System
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on
the control panel to access the following menu options:
• Add new favourites: Add a frequently used phone number to
favourites.
• Delete items: Delete a selected
favourites item.
• Delete all: Delete all favourites
items.
NOTICE
Multimedia System
NOTICE
• Some mobile phones may not support the download function.
• The call history is accessed only
after downloading the call history
when the mobile phone is connected to the system.
• Calls from restricted IDs are not
saved on the call history list.
• Up to 50 call records will be downloaded per individual list.
• Call duration and time information
will not be displayed on the system
screen.
• Permission is required to download
your call history from the mobile
phone. When you attempt to download data, you may need to permit
the download on the mobile phone.
If the download fails, check the
mobile phone screen for any notification or the mobile phone’s permission setting.
• When you download your call history, any old data will be deleted.
6-30
Using the contacts list
1. From the Phone screen, turn the
[TUNE] knob on the control panel
to select Contacts, and then press
the knob.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
desired group of alphanumeric
characters, and then press the
knob.
3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
desired contact, and then press
the knob to make a phone call.
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on
the control panel to access the following a menu option:
• Download: Download your mobile
phone contacts.
NOTICE
• Contacts can be viewed only when
the Bluetooth device is connected.
• Only contacts in the supported format can be downloaded and displayed from the Bluetooth device.
Contacts from some applications
will not be included.
• Up to 2,000 contacts can be downloaded from your device.
• Some mobile phones may not support the download function.
• Depending on the system’s specifications, some of the downloaded
contacts may be lost.
• Contacts stored both in the phone
and in the SIM card are downloaded. With some mobile phones,
contacts in the SIM card may not
be downloaded.
• Special characters and figures
used in the contact name may not
be displayed properly.
Answering calls
When a call comes in, a notification
pop-up window of the incoming call
appears on the system screen.
To answer the call, press the [1 RPT]
button on the control panel.
• Alternatively, press the Call/
Answer button on the steering
wheel.
NOTICE
• Depending on the mobile phone
type, call rejection may not be supported.
• Once your mobile phone is connected to the system, the call
sound may be output through the
vehicle’s speakers even after you
exit the vehicle if the phone is within the connection range. To end
the connection, disconnect the
device from the system or deactivate Bluetooth on the device.
To reject the call, press the [2 SHFL]
button on the control panel.
• Alternatively, press the Call end
button on the steering wheel.
6-31
6
Multimedia System
• Permission is required to download
contacts from the mobile phone.
When you attempt to download
data, you may need to permit the
download on the mobile phone. If
the download fails, check the
mobile phone screen for any notification or the mobile phone’s permission setting.
• Depending on the mobile phone
type or status, downloading may
take longer.
• When you download your contacts,
any old data will be deleted.
• You cannot edit or delete your contacts on the system.
• When you connect a new mobile
phone, your contacts downloaded
from the previous mobile phone
will not be displayed, but they will
remain in your system until you
delete the previous phone from the
device list.
Multimedia System
Using options during a call
During a call, you will see the call
screen shown below. Press a button
to perform the function you want.
To switch the call to your mobile
phone, press the [1 RPT] button on
the control panel.
• Alternatively, press and hold the
Call/Answer button on the steering
wheel.
To end the call, press the [2 SHFL]
button on the control panel.
• Alternatively, press the Call end
button on the steering wheel.
6-32
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on
the control panel to access the following a menu option:
• Microphone Volume: Adjust the
microphone volume or turn off the
microphone so the other party cannot hear you.
NOTICE
• If the caller information is saved in
your contacts list, the caller’s name
and phone number will be displayed. If the caller information is
not saved in your contacts list, only
the caller’s phone number will be
displayed.
• You cannot switch to any other
screen, such as the audio screen
or the settings screen, during a
Bluetooth call.
• Depending on the mobile phone
type, call quality may vary. On
some phones, your voice may be
less audible to the other party.
• Depending on the mobile phone
type, the phone number may not
be displayed.
• Depending on the mobile phone
type, the call switching function
may not be supported.
SySteM StatuS icOnS
Status icons appear at the top of the
screen to display the current system
status.
Familiarise yourself with the status
icons that appear when you perform
certain actions or functions and their
meanings.
Bluetooth
Icon
NOTICE
Description
Battery
level
Bluetooth device
of
connected
Mobile phone or audio device connected via Bluetooth
Bluetooth call in progress
Microphone turned
Bluetooth call
off
during
Downloading contacts from a
mobile phone connected via
Bluetooth to the system
Displayed when Bluetooth remote
control is connected via smartphone applications
Signal strength
Icon
Description
Signal strength of the mobile phone
connected via Bluetooth
6-33
6
Multimedia System
Downloading call history from a
mobile phone connected via
Bluetooth to the system
• The battery level displayed on the
screen may differ from the battery
level displayed on the connected
device.
• The signal strength displayed on
the screen may differ from the signal strength displayed on the connected mobile phone.
• Depending on vehicle models and
specifications, some status icons
may not be displayed.
Multimedia System
audiO SySteM SPecificatiOnS
USB
Supported audio formats
• Audio file specification
- WAVeform audio format
- MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3
- Windows Media Audio Ver
7.X/8.X
• Bit rates
- MPEG1 (Layer3):
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
160/192/224/256/320 kbps
- MPEG2 (Layer3):
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
112/128/144/160 kbps
- MPEG2.5 (Layer3):
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
112/128/144/160 kbps
- WMA (High Range):
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps
6-34
• Bits Per Sample
- WAV (PCM(Stereo)): 24 bit
- WAV (IMA ADPCM): 4 bit
- WAV (MS ADPCM): 4 bit
• Sampling frequency
- MPEG1: 44100/48000/32000 Hz
- MPEG2: 22050/24000/16000 Hz
- MPEG2.5: 11025/12000/8000 Hz
- WMA: 32000/44100/48000 Hz
- WAV: 44100/48000 Hz
• Maximum length of folder/file
names (Based on Unicode): 40
English or Korean characters
• Supported characters for folder/file
names (Unicode support): 2,604
Korean characters, 94 alphanumeric characters, 4,888 Chinese
characters in common use, 986
special characters
• Maximum number of folders: 1,000
• Maximum number of files: 5,000
NOTICE
• Files that are not in a supported
format may not be recognised or
played, or information about them,
such as the file name, may not be
displayed properly.
• Only files with .mp3/.wma/.wav
extensions can be recognised by
the system. If the file is not in supported format, change the file format by using the latest encoding
software.
• The device will not support files
locked by DRM (Digital Rights
Management).
• For MP3/WMA compression files
and WAV file, differences in sound
quality will occur depending on the
bitrate. (Music files with a higher
bitrate have a better sound quality.)
• Japanese or Simplified Chinese
characters in folder or file names
may not be displayed properly.
Supported USB storage devices
• Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less
• Format system: FAT12/16/32 (recommended), exFAT/NTFS
NOTICE
• Aerial power: Max 3 mW
6
Multimedia System
• Operation is guaranteed only for a
metal cover type USB storage
device with a plug type connector.
- USB storage devices with a plastic plug may not be recognised.
- USB storage devices in memory
card types, such as CF card or
SD cards, may not be recognised.
• USB hard disk drives may not be
recognised.
• When you use a large capacity
USB storage device with multiple
logical drives, only files stored on
the first drive will be recognised.
• If an application program is loaded
on a USB storage device, the corresponding media files may not
play.
• Use USB 2.0 devices for better
compatibility.
Bluetooth
6-35
Multimedia System
tRadeMaRkS
Other trademarks and trade names are those of their
respective owners.
• The Bluetooth® word mark and
logos are registered trademarks
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and
any use of such marks by HYUNDAI
is under licence.
6-36
BluetOOtH ReMOte cOntROl SySteM (if equiPPed)
System requirements:
Application name : Hyundai iblue
Available OS
: Android
App Availability
: Play store
Supported Mobiles :
Android
mobiles with Version 4.4(Kitkat) &
above.
NOTICE
Ensure that Bluetooth of mobile
device is ON before using application
For Remote Application working,
Infotainment System should be
paired with smart phone & connected to Hyundai iblue application.
(please note that remote control connection establishment is different
from pairing the device)
The compatibility and features of this
app may vary with vehicle variants.
Infotainment system can be controlled by one mobile (via Hyundai
iblue application) at a time
Note that application doesn’t work
during Connectivity mode.
If connection is lost due to abnormal
conditions while a Remote control is
connected (communication range
exceeded, device power OFF, communication errors, etc.), we need to
Establish the Connection again.
For Better experience, pair the
Mobile device with the Infotainment
system before using the application.
Don'ts :
Please Don’t turn off mobile
Bluetooth while using Application
6-37
6
Multimedia System
Hyundai iblue is a smart phone
remote control Application which
allows passengers to control car infotainment system functions such as
Radio, Media, Sound via Bluetooth
Main Features:
Selection & Control of Media
Change of Radio stations with
Seek/Track buttons
Switch between different Media
sources: USB, iPod, Aux and
Bluetooth Audio etc
Standard media player functions:
Play/Pause track, Next/Previous
track
Control the volume: Increase,
decrease & mute
Change Sound Settings
Control of USB Video (if Infotainment
supports video feature)
Multimedia System
Troubleshooting:
Remote connection cannot be
established in the below cases
• Improper selection of Infotainment
in pairing screen of App
• Infotainment is already connected
to Remote Application in one
mobile
• Connectivity
mode
(Android
auto/Carplay/Mirrorlink)
is
engaged in Infotainment
• For more information, Visit
Hyundai Website
https://sync.hyundai.co.in/
6-38
Driving your vehicle
Before driving .......................................................7-3
Before entering the vehicle ..........................................7-3
Before starting .................................................................7-3
Ignition switch .......................................................7-5
Key ignition switch ..........................................................7-5
Manual transmission..............................................7-9
Manual transmission operation ....................................7-9
Good driving practices ..................................................7-11
Automated manual transmission (AMT) ...............7-13
Automated Manual Transmission (AMT) ...................7-13
Automated Manual Transmission (AMT) operation ...7-13
Features of the Automated Manual Transmission
(AMT) ................................................................................7-14
Parking...............................................................................7-22
Good driving practices ..................................................7-22
Braking system ...................................................7-24
Power brakes ..................................................................7-24
Disc brakes wear indicator ..........................................7-25
Rear drum brakes ...........................................................7-25
Parking brake ..................................................................7-25
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................7-27
Good braking practices ................................................7-29
Special driving conditions...................................7-31
Hazardous driving conditions.......................................7-31
Rocking the vehicle ........................................................7-31
Smooth cornering ...........................................................7-32
Driving at night ................................................................7-32
Driving in the rain ...........................................................7-32
Driving in flooded areas................................................7-33
Winter driving.......................................................7-34
Snow or icy conditions ..................................................7-34
Winter precautions .........................................................7-36
Vehicle weight ......................................................7-38
Overloading.......................................................................7-38
7
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause
unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If
you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only
long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle , be sure to do so only in an
open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield
clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the tailgate open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
7-2
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering the vehicle
Before starting
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
• Make sure the hood, the tailgate,
and the doors are securely closed
and locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their
seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in
the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display
when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.
7
Driving your vehicle
7-3
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.
All passengers must be properly
belted whenever the vehicle is
moving. For more information,
refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
• Always drive defensively.
Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and
make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause
accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between
you and the vehicle in front of
you.
7-4
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and
drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in
an accident and SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
toll each year. Even a small
amount of alcohol will affect your
reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce
your ability to respond to changing
conditions and emergencies and
your reaction time gets worse with
each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence
of drugs is as dangerous or more
dangerous than driving under the
influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or take
drugs and drive. If you are drinking
or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not
ride with a driver who has been
drinking or taking drugs. Choose a
designated driver or call a taxi.
IGNITION SWITCH
WARNING
OIB054010
WARNING
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in 1st gear (for Manual
Transmission vehicle) or N
(Neutral)
position
(for
Automated
Manual
Transmission vehicle), apply the
parking brake, and turn ignition
switch to the LOCK position.
Unexpected vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions
are not followed.
• NEVER turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK or ACC position
while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This
will result in the engine turning
off and loss of power assist for
the steering and brake systems.
7-5
7
Driving your vehicle
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
• NEVER allow children or any
person who is unfamiliar with
the vehicle to touch the ignition
switch
or
related
parts.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur.
• NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the ignition switch,
or any other control, while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this
area may cause a loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Key ignition switch
Driving your vehicle
Key ignition switch positions
Switch
Position
LOCK
Action
The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.
The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft. (if equipped)
Electrical accessories are usable.
The steering wheel unlocks.
If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition
switch to the ACC position, turn the key
while turning the steering wheel right and
left to release tension.
This is the normal key position when the engine has started.
All features and accessories are usable.
The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignition
switch from ACC to ON.
Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON
position when the engine is not running to
prevent the battery from discharging.
To start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START position.
The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.
The engine will crank until you release the
key.
ACC
ON
START
7-6
Notice
Starting the engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes
Vehicle with Automated Manual
Transmission :
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral).
3. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the
START position. Hold the key
(maximum of 10 seconds) until the
engine starts and release it.
The engine can not be started
unless the shift lever is ‘N’ position
and brake pedal is depressed.
i Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
• Always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not race the
engine while warming it up.
7-7
7
Driving your vehicle
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high
heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with
your ability to use the brake,
accelerator and clutch pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed. The
vehicle can move and lead to an
accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly
move if the brake padel is
released when the rpm is high.
Vehicle with Manual Transmission :
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in neutral.
3. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the
START position. Hold the key
(maximum of 10 seconds) until the
engine starts and release it.
5. When starting the vehicle, check
whether the engine rpm is within
the appropriate range (below
1000 rpm) while keep depressing
the clutch pedal and brake pedal
and. Then, move the shift lever to
the desired position.
6. Release the parking brake. Then,
depress the accelerator pedal
slowly while taking your foot off
the clutch pedal and start the vehicle slowly.
Driving your vehicle
i Information
If the engine does not start within 10
seconds after preheating is completed,
turn the ignition switch once more to
the LOCK position and wait for 10
seconds. Then turn the ignition switch
to the ON position in order to preheat
the engine again.
7-8
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Do not hold the ignition key in the
START position for more than 10
seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds
before trying again.
• Do not turn the ignition switch to
the START position with the
engine running. It may damage the
starter.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine.
Turning off the engine
Vehicle with Manual Transmission :
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
clutch and brake pedals at the
same time.
2. With the clutch and brake pedals
depressed, put the shift lever in
neutral.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the Lock
position.
Vehicle with Automated Manual
Transmission :
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
brake pedal.
2. With the brake pedal depressed,
put the shift lever in neutral.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the Lock
position.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (IF EqUIppED)
Manual transmission
operation
The manual transmission has 5 forward gears. The transmission is fully
synchronized in all forward gears so
shifting to either a higher or a lower
gear is easily accomplished.
WARNING
OAH2058001
When you've come to a complete
stop and it's hard to shift into 1st gear
or R (Reverse):
1. Put the shift lever in neutral and
release the clutch pedal.
2. Depress the clutch pedal, and
then shift into first or R (Reverse)
gear.
i Information
During cold weather, shifting may be
difficult until the transmission lubricant has warmed up.
7-9
7
Driving your vehicle
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
in 1st gear when the vehicle is
parked on a uphill and in R
(Reverse) on a downhill, set the
parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
To shift to R (Reverse), make sure
the vehicle has completely stopped,
and then move the shift lever to neutral before moving into R (Reverse).
Driving your vehicle
Using the clutch
The clutch pedal should be
depressed all the way to the floor
before:
- Starting the engine
The engine will not start without
depressing the clutch pedal.
- Shifting
When releasing the clutch pedal,
release it slowly. The clutch pedal
should always be released while
driving.
To start the vehicle, slowly release
the fully-depressed clutch pedal
while applying the accelerator pedal
gradually.
7-10
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary wear or
damage to the clutch:
• Do not rest your foot on the clutch
pedal while driving.
• Do not hold the vehicle with the
clutch on an incline, while waiting
for the traffic light, etc.
• Always depress the clutch pedal
down fully to prevent noise or damage.
• Do not start with the 2nd (second)
gear engaged except when you
start on a slippery road.
• Depress the clutch pedal fully for
operation. When the pedal is
released, do not depress the pedal
again before it returns to its original
position. If the process of depressing the pedal before it is restored is
repeated, it may result in failure of
the clutch system.
Downshifting
Downshift when you must slow down
in heavy traffic or drive up a steep hill
to prevent engine load.
Also, downshifting reduces the
chance of stalling and can accelerate
when you need to increase your
speed again.
When the vehicle is going downhill,
downshifting helps maintain safe
speed by providing brake power from
the engine and enables less wear on
the brakes.
NOTICE
• Never take the vehicle out of gear
and coast down a hill. This is
extremely dangerous.
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can
cause the brakes and related parts
to overheat and malfunction.
When you are driving down a long
hill, slow down and shift to a lower
gear. Engine braking will help slow
down the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. This will help avoid
over-revving the engine, which can
cause damage.
• Slow down when you encounter
cross winds. This gives you much
better control of your vehicle.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you shift into R
(Reverse) to prevent damage to
the transmission.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
WARNING
Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a higher gear to lower
gear) rapidly on slippery roads.
The vehicle may slip causing an
accident.
7-11
7
Driving your vehicle
To prevent damage to the engine,
clutch and transmission :
• When downshifting from 5th gear
to 4th gear, be careful not to inadvertently push the shift lever sideways engaging the 2nd gear. A
drastic downshift may cause the
engine speed to increase to the
point the tachometer will enter the
red-zone.
• Do not downshift more than two
gear at a time or downshift the
gear when the engine is running at
high speed (5,000 RPM or higher).
Such a downshifting may damage
the engine, clutch and the transmission.
Good driving practices
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In
a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely
to be seriously injured or killed
than a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver over
steers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer
7-12
sharply. Instead, slow down
before pulling back into the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
AUTOMATED MANUAL TRANSMISSION (AMT) (IF EqUIppED)
Automated Manual Transmission
(AMT)
The Automated Manual Transmission
(AMT) is a transmission equipped
with a gear actuator and a clutch
actuator in addition to the conventional manual transmission. To improve
the driving convenience, gear shift is
automatically performed by the transmission control unit and clutch/gear
actuator.
Automated Manual Transmission
(AMT) operation
Press the shift button, then move shift lever.
Move shift lever.
OAH2058002
7-13
Driving your vehicle
The Automated Manual Transmission
(AMT) has five forward speeds and
one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) position.
7
Driving your vehicle
Features of the Automated
Manual Transmission (AMT)
• The
Automated
Manual
Transmission (AMT) can be
thought of as an automatically
shifting manual transmission. It
gives the driving feel of a manual
transmission.
• When D (Drive) is selected, the
transmission will automatically shift
through the gears similar to a conventional automatic transmission.
Unlike a traditional automatic
transmission, the gear shifting can
sometimes be felt and heard as the
actuators engage the clutches and
the gears are selected. When the
gear is shifting, you may sometimes hear operating noise. This is
normal and does not indicate a
problem with your transmission.
7-14
• The
Automated
Manual
Transmission (AMT) adopts a drytype single clutch, which is different from the torque converter of
the automatic transmission. It
shows better acceleration performance and increased fuel efficiency while driving but initial
launch might be little bit slower
than the automatic transmission.
• As a result, gear shifts are sometimes
more noticeable than a
conventional automatic transmission and a light vibration during
launching can be felt as the transmission speed is matched with the
engine speed. This is a normal
condition of the Automated Manual
Transmission (AMT).
• The dry-type clutch transfers
torque more directly and provides
a direct drive feeling which may
feel different from a conventional
automatic transmission with a
torque converter. This may be
more noticeable when launching
the vehicle from a stop or when
traveling at low, stop-and-go vehicle speeds.
• When rapidly accelerating at a low
vehicle speed, the engine rpm may
increase highly depending on the
vehicle’s driving condition.
• For a smooth launch uphill,
depress the accelerator pedal
smoothly depending on the current
conditions.
• If you release your foot from the
accelerator pedal at low vehicle
speed, you may feel engine braking, which is similar to manual
transmission.
• When you turn the engine on and
off, you may hear clicking sounds
as the system goes through a selftest. This is a normal sound for the
Automated Manual Transmission
(AMT).
• During the first 1,500 km (1,000
miles), you may feel that the vehicle may not be smooth when accelerating at low speed. During this
break-in period, the shift quality
and performance of your new vehicle is continuously optimized.
i Information
OAH2038024
Read and follow the instruction label
attached on the driver side’s sunvisor
before driving the vehicle.
7-15
7
Driving your vehicle
- Creeping function
The Creeping function helps the vehicle to start smoothly. If you take your
foot off the brake pedal when the shift
lever is either in R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or M (Manual) position, the
vehicle will start slowly without
depressing the accelerator pedal. To
disable the function, depress the brake
pedal or pull up the parking brake
lever.
The creeping function will not operate
when:
• The parking brake lever is engaged
with the shift lever in R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or M (Manual) position
Automated Manual Transmission
(AMT) instruction label
Driving your vehicle
Lever shifting condition
Lever shifting
Shifting condition
When shifting condition is dissatisfied
Cluster
From
(Current
position)
To
(Desired
position)
Vehicle speed
N
R
Brake
N/A
Brake press
indicator
Transmission
position
Shift
indicator
Sound
-
-
-
-
D
Reversing below
2 km/h (1 mile/h)
Applied
R or N blinking
On
On
N
R
Moving forward
7 km/h (1 mile/h)
Applied
N blinking
On
On
N
D
Reversing below
2 km/h (4 mile/h)
Applied
N blinking
On
On
N
R
Moving forward
7 km/h (4 mile/h)
Applied
D or N blinking
On
On
N
N
N/A
-
-
-
-
N
D
7-16
WARNING
WARNING
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the shift lever
is in N (Neutral), apply the parking brake, and turn the engine
off.
• Do not use the N (Neutral) position in place of the parking
brake.
Automated Manual
Transmission (AMT)
warning indicator
Press Brake
The engine can not be started unless
the shift lever is ‘N’ position and
brake pedal is depressed.
7
Driving your vehicle
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
shifting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the N (Neutral) position,
then set the parking brake, and
place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF
position.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• Do not use engine braking (shifting from a high gear to lower
gear) rapidly on slippery roads.
The vehicle may slip causing an
accident.
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
7-17
Driving your vehicle
Automated Manual
Transmission (AMT)
warning lamp
Clutch Over Heated
This warning light indicates that the
clutch is overheat. It appears for a
while when the ignition switch is
turned ON. The indicator light illuminates when the Clutch’s estimated
temperature rises up to limited value.
i Information
The AMT waring lamp may come on
when clutch slip occurs excessively
due to repeated stop-and-go driving
on steep grades and when Hill Hold is
maintained for a long time. In order to
prevent waring lamp ON, use the
brake during low speed driving on
hill or when stopping the vehicle on
an Uphill slope.
7-18
• If the vehicle is held on a hill by
using only the accelerator pedal or
by creeping with brake pedal disengaged, the clutch may overheat
which can result in damage. At this
time, a warning lamp will appear
on the cluster.
• If the warning lamp is active, the
foot brake must be applied.
• Ignoring the warnings can lead to
damage to the clutch and transmission.
Clutch High temperature
First warning
• Under certain conditions, such as
repeated stop-and-go launches on
steep grades, sudden take off or
acceleration, or other harsh driving
conditions, the clutch temperature
will increase excessively.
• When the clutch temperature is
high, the safe protection mode and
warning lamp engages and the
gear position indicator on the cluster blinks three times with a chime.
Second warning
• After first warning, clutch temperature is increased continuously, then
warning sound and shift indicator
blinks continuously.
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes
and allow the clutch to cool for a
few minutes with engine on.
• If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse.
You may experience abrupt shifts,
jerkiness.
To return to the normal driving condition, stop the vehicle and apply
the foot brake. Then allow the
transmission to cool for a few minutes with engine on.
WARNING
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
NOTICE
• Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into R (Reverse)
position.
• When moving to R (Reverse) position the gear is not shifted if the
vehicle speed is over 3 km/h.
• Depress the brake pedal fully. If
not, the brake press indicator will
illuminate and the gear is not shifted.
7-19
7
Driving your vehicle
On an uphill road, never hold the
vehicle at a stop using only the
accelerator pedal or the creeping
mode.
This may cause clutch overheating
and excessive damage, finally
resulting in the reduction of the
clutch’s life cycle.
Clutch overheated
Final warning
• If the vehicle continues to be driven and the clutch temperatures
reach the maximum temperature
limit, the warning lamp will be
blinked continuously.
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes
and allow the clutch to cool for a
few minutes with engine on until
the warning lamp disappear on the
cluster.
• When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.
• If any of the warnings continue to
blink, for your safety, we recommend you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
Driving your vehicle
N (Neutral)
D (Drive)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary
to stop with the engine ON.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission will automatically shift to the appropriate gear
position upon operation of the accelerator pedal and variation of vehicle
speed.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill, depress
the accelerator further until you feel
the transmission downshift to a lower
gear.
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless your
foot is firmly on the brake pedal.
Shifting into gear when the engine
is running at high speed can
cause the vehicle to move very
rapidly. You could lose control of
the vehicle and hit people or
objects.
7-20
When starting off on an uphill
• Engage the parking brake firmly to
prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards.
• Move the shift lever to D (Drive)
position while depressing the
brake pedal. Make sure that the
shift indicator in the cluster displays 1st gear.
• Take your foot of the brake pedal
and depress the accelerator pedal
gradually. Then, when the vehicle
starts moving, release the parking
brake and depress the accelerator
pedal.
When starting off on a downhill
• Depress the brake pedal and move
the shift lever to D (Drive) position.
Make sure that the shift indicator in
the cluster displays 1st gear.
• Take your foot off the brake pedal and
slowly depress the accelerator pedal.
When the vehicle speed increases,
the clutch will be engaged.
NOTICE
• If the gear is not shifted after
changing the shift lever from N
(Neutral)
to
D
(Drive)/M
(Manual)/R (Reverse), try to shift
the gear again. In this case, time
delay and intermittent noise may
occur which are normal.
• Always come to a complete stop
and depress the brake pedal
before shifting into D (Drive) position .
• When moving from R (Reverse) to
D (Drive) position, the gear is not
shifted if the vehicle speed is over
8 km/h.
• Depress the brake pedal fully. If
not, the brake press indicator will
illuminate and the gear is not shifted.
Manual shift mode
NOTICE
If you cannot move the shift lever into
any position or if the gear is automatically moved to N (Neutral) position
when the vehicle speed becomes
below 10 km/h, this may indicate malfunction of the system. In this case,
we recommend the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
OAH2058003
• Only the five forward gears can be
selected. To reverse or park the
vehicle, move the shift lever to the R
(Reverse) or N (Neutral) position as
required.
• Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When
the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
• When the engine rpm approaches
the red zone the transmission will
upshift automatically.
7
Driving your vehicle
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, Manual shift mode is
selected by pushing the shift lever
from the D (Drive) position into the
manual gate (M). To return to D
(Drive) range operation, push the
shift lever back into the main gate.
In Manual shift mode, moving the
shift lever backwards and forwards
will allow you to select the desired
range of gears for the current driving
conditions.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
i Information
7-21
Driving your vehicle
Parking
To park your vehicle, always come to
a complete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal.
• When parking on the flat road,
move the shift lever from D
(Drive)/R (Reverse) to N (Neutral)
position. Then, engage the parking
brake firmly before turning off the
engine.
• When parking on a slope, it is recommended to place the shift lever
in D (Drive) for uphill and R
(Reverse) for downhill and to
engage the parking brake before
turning off the engine.
If the engine was turned off with the
shift lever in D (Drive) or R (Reverse)
position, it is necessary to depress
the brake pedal and move the shift
lever to N (Neutral) position to turn
on the engine. Take the Key with you
when exiting the vehicle.
7-22
WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle with
the engine running, be careful not
to depress the accelerator pedal
for a long period of time. The
engine or exhaust system may
overheat and start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust
system are very hot. Keep away
from the exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass,
paper or leaves. They may ignite
and cause a fire.
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from N
(Neutral) to any other position with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so
may result in an accident because
of a loss of engine braking and the
transmission could be damaged.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• Depressing both accelerator and
brake pedals at the same time can
trigger logic for engine power
reduction to assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle acceleration will
resume after the brake pedal is
released.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In
a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely
to be seriously injured or killed
than a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver over
steers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down
before pulling back into the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
7
Driving your vehicle
• When driving in Manual shift mode,
slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged if the
engine rpms are outside of the
allowable range.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in N (Neutral) to keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
7-23
Driving your vehicle
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
You can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
7-24
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and
increased stopping distances.
• When descending a long or
steep hill, shift to a lower gear
and avoid continuous application of the brakes. Applying the
brakes continuously will cause
the brakes to overheat and
could result in a temporary loss
of braking performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-
cle's ability to safely slow down;
the vehicle may also pull to one
side when the brakes are
applied. Applying the brakes
lightly will indicate whether they
have been affected in this way.
Always test your brakes in this
fashion after driving through
deep water. To dry the brakes,
lightly tap the brake pedal to
heat up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed
until brake performance returns
to normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes function
correctly.
Disc brakes wear indicator
Rear drum brakes
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high pitched warning sound from
your front or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember some driving conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
Your rear drum brakes do not have
wear indicators. Therefore, have the
rear brake linings inspected if you
hear a rear brake rubbing noise. Also
have your rear brakes inspected
each time you change or rotate your
tires and when you have the front
brakes replaced.
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
continue to drive with worn brake
pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
OAH2058004
Always set the parking brake before
leaving the vehicle, to apply:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Pull up the parking brake lever as far
as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the
vehicle is moving except in an
emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to
an accident.
7-25
7
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
Parking brake
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle or
OAH2058005
To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Slightly pull up the parking brake
lever.
While pressing the release button
(1), lower the parking brake (2).
If the parking brake does not release
or does not release all the way, we
recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7-26
parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Move
the shift lever into the 1st gear
(for Manual Transmission vehicle) or N (Neutral) position (for
Automated
Manual
Transmission vehicle), then
apply the parking brake, and
place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
For information on parking on an
uphill/downhill, refer to “Parking”
in this chapter.
Vehicles with the parking brake
not fully engaged are at risk for
moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may
occur.
• Only release the parking brake
when you are seated inside the
vehicle with your foot firmly on
the brake pedal.
NOTICE
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal
while the parking brake is
engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the parking brake
engaged, warning will sound.
Damage to the parking brake may
occur.
• Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the braking system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake parts. Make sure
the parking brake is released and
the Brake Warning Light is off
before driving.
Check the Parking
Brake Warning Light by
placing the ignition
switch to the ON position (do not start the
engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brakeWK-23
is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Brake
Warning Light is OFF.
WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System
(ABS) will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you
and objects ahead of you. Vehicle
speeds should always be reduced
during extreme road conditions.
The braking distance for cars
equipped with ABS may be longer
than for those without these systems in the following road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced
speeds during the following conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
• On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different
surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on your
vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS
equipped vehicle should not be
tested by high speed driving or
cornering. This could endanger
the safety of yourself or others.
ABS is an electronic braking system
that helps prevent a braking skid.
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time.
7-27
7
Driving your vehicle
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving your vehicle
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Depress your
brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This is
normal and it means your ABS is
active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that
results from sudden changes in
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather conditions.
7-28
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when
braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause
your vehicle to veer into oncoming
traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping
distance than for vehicles equipped
with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light (
) will stay
on for several seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position.
During that time, the ABS will go
through self-diagnosis and the light
will go off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. We recommend that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
If the ABS warning light (
) is on
and stays on, you may have a
problem with the ABS. Your power
brakes will work normally. To
reduce the risk of serious injury or
death, we recommend that you
contact your HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the ABS
warning light (
) may turn on at the
same time. This happens because of
the low battery voltage. It does not
mean your ABS is malfunctioning.
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Good braking practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress
the brake pedal. Move the shift
lever into the 1st gear (for Manual
Transmission vehicle) or N
(Neutral) position (for Automated
Manual Transmission vehicle),
then apply the parking brake, and
place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
Vehicles with the parking brake
not fully engaged are at risk for
moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
7-29
7
Driving your vehicle
When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light
(
) may illuminate. Pull your car
over to a safe place and turn the
engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your ABS
system is normal. Otherwise, you
may have a problem with your
ABS system. We recommend that
you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
i Information
Driving your vehicle
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop
as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to
do so and we recommend that you
call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
constant pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear,
and possibly even brake failure.
7-30
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
SpECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Rocking the vehicle
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud or sand:
Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking.
Avoid sudden movements in braking
or steering.
If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between 1st and R (Reverse,
for Manual Transmission vehicle) or
R (Reverse) and a forward gear (for
Automated Manual Transmission
vehicle). Try to avoid spinning the
wheels, and do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait
until the wheels stop spinning before
shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal while
the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking
motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
Downshifting with a Continuously
Variable Transmission, while driving on slippery surfaces can cause
an accident. The sudden change
in tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
NOTICE
If the tires spin at high speed the
tires can explode, and you or others
may be injured. Do not attempt this
procedure if people or objects are
anywhere near the vehicle.
The vehicle can overheat causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little as
possible and avoid spinning the
wheels at speeds over 56 km/h (35
mph) as indicated on the speedometer.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking the
vehicle a few times, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission, and tire
damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.
Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip
material under the drive wheels to
provide traction when stalled in ice,
snow, or mud.
7-31
7
Driving your vehicle
Hazardous driving conditions
Driving your vehicle
Smooth cornering
Driving at night
Driving in the rain
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
Night driving presents more hazards
than driving in the daylight. Here are
some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlights will make it much
more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or
on slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall
makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop
your vehicle.
• Replace your windshield wiper
blades when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the
windshield.
• Be sure your tires have enough
tread. If your tires do not have
enough tread, making a quick stop
on wet pavement can cause a skid
and possibly lead to an accident.
See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
7-32
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be
wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation
returns.
Hydroplaning
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
7
Driving your vehicle
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the
water. The best advice is SLOW
DOWN when the road is wet. The
risk of hydroplaning increases as the
depth of tire tread decreases, refer to
"Tire Tread" in chapter 7.
Driving in flooded areas
7-33
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Snow or icy conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to
carry include tire chains, tow straps
or chains, a flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,
a window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
7-34
i Information
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in
size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety
and handling of your vehicle may
be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
The traction provided by snow tires
on dry roads may not be as high as
your vehicle's original equipment
tires. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions
against their use.
Tire chains
WARNING
OAH2058006
i Information
• Install tire chains on the front tires.
It should be noted that installing tire
chains on the tires will provide a
greater driving force, but will not
prevent side skids.
• Do not install tire chains without
first checking local and municipal
regulations for possible restrictions
against their use.
7-35
7
Driving your vehicle
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner than other types of tires, they
may be damaged by mounting some
types of tire chains on them.
Therefore, the use of snow tires is
recommended instead of tire chains.
Do not mount tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels; if
unavoidable use a wire type chain. If
tire chains must be used, use genuine HYUNDAI parts and install the
tire chain after reviewing the instructions provided with the tire chains.
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer’s
warranty.
The use of tire chains may
adversely affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 30 km/h (20
mph) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid
bumps, holes, sharp turns, and
other road hazards, which may
cause the vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked
wheel braking.
Chain Installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
mount them as tightly possible. Drive
slowly (less than 30 km/h (20 mph))
with chains installed. If you hear the
chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still
make contact, slow down until the
noise stops. Remove the tire chains
as soon as you begin driving on
cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning Flasher and place a
triangular emergency warning device
behind the vehicle (if available).
Always place the shift lever in neutral, apply the parking brake and turn
off the engine before installing snow
chains.
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
When using tire chains:
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
• Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km
(0.3~0.6 miles).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels. If
unavoidable, use a wire type
chain.
• Use wire chains less than 15 mm
(0.59 in) wide to prevent damage
to the chain's connection.
7-36
Winter precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in chapter 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
service station.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
chapter 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, we recommend that you
consult with an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in chapter 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
Don't let your parking brake freeze
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation
of snow or ice around or near the
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
If there is a risk the parking brake
may freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the shift lever in N (for
Automated Manual Transmission) or
in first or reverse gear (for Manual
Transmission) and block the rear
wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
Don't let ice and snow accumulate
underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.
Don't place foreign objects or
materials in the engine compartment
Placement of foreign objects or
materials which prevent cooling of
the engine, in the engine compartment, may cause a failure or combustion. The manufacturer is not
responsible for the damage caused
by such placement.
Carry emergency equipment
7-37
7
Driving your vehicle
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
most auto parts outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of antifreeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or
chains, flashlight, emergency flares,
sand, shovel, jumper cables, window
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT
Two labels on your driver's door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle's weight
ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
7-38
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
Overloading
WARNING
The Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) and the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) for your
vehicle are on the Certification
Label attached to the driver's (or
front
passenger's)
door.
Exceeding these ratings can
cause an accident or vehicle damage. You can calculate the weight
of your load by weighing the items
(and people) before putting them
in the vehicle. Be careful not to
overload your vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
Hazard warning flasher ........................................8-2
In case of an emergency while driving ..............8-3
If the engine stalls while driving ...................................8-3
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing .........8-3
If you have a flat tire while driving..............................8-3
If the engine will not start ...................................8-4
If the engine doesn't turn over
or turns over slowly .........................................................8-4
If the engine turns over normally
but doesn't start ................................................................8-4
Jump starting ..........................................................8-5
If the engine overheats ........................................8-8
If you have a flat tire..........................................8-10
Jack and tools ..................................................................8-10
Removing and storing the spare tire .........................8-10
Changing tires ..................................................................8-11
Jack label...........................................................................8-16
EC Declaration of conformity for Jack......................8-17
Towing ...................................................................8-18
Towing service .................................................................8-18
Removable towing hook ................................................8-19
Emergency towing ..........................................................8-20
8
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
OAH2068001
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme
caution
when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button with the ignition switch
in any position. The button is located
in the center console switch panel.
8-2
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls while driving
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, if safe to do so, move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
and then push the vehicle to a safe
location.
• If your vehicle has a manual transmission not equipped with a ignition lock switch, the vehicle can
move forward by shifting to the 2
(second) or 3 (third) gear and then
turning the starter without depressing the clutch pedal.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on firm, level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button,
move the shift lever into N
(Neutral), apply the parking brake,
and place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow
the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
What to do in an emergency
• Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If you have a flat tire while driving
8
8-3
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If the engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
If the engine turns over normally
but doesn't start
• Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral). The engine starts only
when the shift lever is in N
(Neutral).
• Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle.
• Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the engine still does not start, we
recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
See instructions for "Jump Starting"
provided in this chapter.
WARNING
Push or pull starting the vehicle
may cause the catalytic converter
to overload which can lead to
damage to the emission control
system.
8-4
JUMP STARTING
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling the
battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Wear
eye
protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away
from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may
explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out
reach of children.
of
Batteries contain sulfuric
acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to
contact your eyes, skin or
clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets
on your skin, thoroughly wash the
area. If you feel pain or a burning
sensation, get medical attention
immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the
case may cause battery acid to
leak. Lift with a battery carrier or
with your hands on opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
•
•
•
•
battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the
battery.
The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage. NEVER
touch these components with
the engine running or when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
Do not allow the (+) and (-)
jumper cables to touch. It may
cause sparks.
The battery may rupture or
explode when you jump start
with a low or frozen battery.
Never attempt jump start if you
observe cracks, leaks or other
damage on Battery.
8-5
What to do in an emergency
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
8
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
• Improper jump starting procedure can result in battery explosion and acid burn hazard.
• Loosely connected battery
cables could damage the electronic control units.
• To disconnect battery terminals
wait for at least 2 minutes to
allow discharge of high voltage
or it could lead to personal
injury.
• While disconnecting, always disconnect the -VE terminal first
and while connecting, always
connect the -VE terminal last.
8-6
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump
start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle by push-starting.
i Information
Pb
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulation.
Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach,
but do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in
the engine compartment at all
times, even when the vehicles are
turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such
as radios, lights, air conditioning,
etc. Put the vehicles in N (neutral),
and set the parking brakes. Turn
both vehicles OFF.
Jumper Cables
Booster Battery
OAH2068016
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
5. Connect the other end of the
jumper cable to the red, positive
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable
to the black, negative (-) battery/
chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
If your vehicle will not start after a
few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek
qualified assistance. If the cause of
your battery discharging is not
apparent, we recommend that your
vehicle be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Never connect Jumper Cable
directly to the negative (-) terminal
of discharged Battery (Your
Vehicle Battery), or an Explosion
may occur.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected
them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from
the black, negative (-) chassis
ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of
the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper
cable from the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive
(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
8-7
What to do in an emergency
Jumper Terminal
7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black,
negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or
the correct ground. Do not lean
over the battery when making
connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
8
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in N (neutral)
and set the parking brake. If the air
conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until
the coolant has stopped running
or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is
operating. If the fan is not running,
turn the engine off.
8-8
WARNING
While the engine is running, keep hands,
clothing and tools away
from the moving parts
such as the cooling fan
and drive belt to prevent serious injury.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had
been in use, it is normal for cold
water to be draining from it when
you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out,
stop the engine immediately and
we recommend that you call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
WARNING
NEVER remove the
radiator cap or the
drain plug while the
engine and radiator are
hot. Hot coolant and
steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until
the engine cools down. Use
extreme care when removing the
radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel
around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step
back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press
down on the cap, using a thick
towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
NOTICE
• Serious loss of coolant indicates a
leak in the cooling system and we
recommend the system be
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly
adding engine coolant may cause
cracks in the engine. To prevent
damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities.
What to do in an emergency
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been
lost, carefully add coolant to the
reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the reservoir up to the halfway
mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
we recommend that you call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
8
8-9
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
WARNING
Jack and tools
Removing and storing the spare
tire
Changing a tire can be dangerous.
Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to
reduce the risk of serious injury or
death.
OAH2068002
➀ Jack
➁ Jack handle
➂ Wheel lug nut wrench
➃ Towing hook
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
nut wrench, towing hook are stored
in the luggage compartment under
the luggage box cover.
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
8-10
OHCR066027
Turn the winged hold down bolt counterclockwise to remove the spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from "rattling", store them in their
proper location.
Changing tires
WARNING
If it is hard to loosen the tire holddown wing bolt by hand, you can
loosen it easily using the jack handle.
1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of
the tire hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the jack
handle.
designated jacking positions on
the vehicle and NEVER on the
bumpers or any other part of the
vehicle for jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Keep children away from the
road and the vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
OHCR066028
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a
jack causing serious injury or
death to you or those nearby.
Take the following safety precautions:
• Do not get under a vehicle that
is supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a tire
in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS
move the vehicle completely off
the road on level, firm ground
away from traffic before trying to
change a tire. If you cannot find
a level, firm place off the road,
call a towing service for assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided
with the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
8
8-11
What to do in an emergency
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Move the shift lever into N (neutral), apply the parking brake, and
place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire
you are changing.
8-12
OAH2068004
OAH2068005
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the
order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
7. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with
two tabs and a raised dot. Never
jack any other position or part of
the vehicle.
OAH2068007
13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug
nut until they are tight. After
changing tires, we recommend
that an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer tighten the lug nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel lug nut should be
tightened to 11~13 kgf.m (79~94
lbf.ft).
8-13
What to do in an emergency
OAH2068006
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Make sure the vehicle is
stable on the jack.
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel
lug nut wrench and remove them
with your fingers. Remove the
wheel from the studs and lay it flat
on the ground out of the way.
Remove any dirt or debris from
the studs, mounting surfaces, and
wheel.
10. Install the spare tire onto the
studs of the hub.
11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the
smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
8
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gauge, check the
tire pressure (see "Tires and
Wheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressure
instructions.). If the pressure is lower
or higher than recommended, drive
slowly to the nearest service station
and adjust it to the recommended
pressure. Always reinstall the valve
cap after checking or adjusting tire
pressure. If the cap is not replaced,
air may leak from the tire. If you lose
a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing
tires, secure the flat tire and return
the jack and tools to their proper storage locations.
i Information
Check the tire pressure as soon as possible after installing a spare tire.
Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
8-14
NOTICE
Your vehicle has metric threads on
the studs and lug nuts. Make certain
during tire changing that the same
nuts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your
lug nuts make sure they have metric
threads to avoid damaging the studs
and ensure the wheel is properly
secured to the hub. We recommend
that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the
jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the
tire and call for assistance.
Use of compact spare tires
(if equipped)
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully
on the compact spare tire and
always follow the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire failure and loss of control possibly
resulting in an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire only
in an emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle
over 80 km/h (50 mph).
• Do not exceed the vehicle's
maximum load rating or the load
carrying capacity shown on the
sidewall of the compact spare
tire.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire continuously. Repair or
replace the original tire as soon
as possible to avoid failure of
the compact spare tire.
i Information
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly to prevent wheel vibration. The
correct lug nut tightening torque is
11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft).
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the compact
spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the road
conditions to avoid all hazards,
such as a potholes or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately
25 mm (1 inch).
• Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other wheels, nor should
standard tires, snow tires, wheel
covers or trim rings be used with
the compact spare wheel.
8-15
What to do in an emergency
When driving with the compact spare
tire mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after
installing the compact spare tire.
The compact spare tire should be
inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire's tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
8
What to do in an emergency
Jack label
■ Example
• Type A
OHYK065010
• Type B
OHYK065011
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
8-16
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with Manual Transmission or move
the shift lever to the N position on
vehicles with Automated Manual
Transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
TOWING
Towing service
OAH2068009
8
Dolly
OAH2068008
What to do in an emergency
Dolly
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the ground
(without dollies) and the front wheels
off the ground. If any of the loaded
wheels or suspension components
are damaged or the vehicle is being
towed with the front wheels on the
ground, use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
OAH2068010
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial
tow-truck
service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies
or flatbed is recommended.
OAH2068011
8-17
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
• Do not tow the vehicle with 4
wheels on the ground (such as
dinghy towing behind a motorhome
or other motor vehicle) as this can
seriously damage the Automated
Manual Transmission.
• Do not tow the vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground as this
may cause damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
Removable towing hook
NOTICE
Failure to place the shift lever in N
(Neutral) when being towed with the
front wheels on the ground can
cause internal damage to the transmission.
OAH2068013
1. Open the tailgate and take the
towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover by turning
it counterclockwise.
3. Engage the towing hook in the
hole by turning the hook clockwise
until it is fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
8-18
Emergency towing
■ Front
OAH2058007
If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
• Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position so the steering
wheel is not locked.
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your
own to tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
8-19
What to do in an emergency
OAH2068012
■ Rear
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the
vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle with a cable or chain. A
driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
8
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
OAH2068014
• Use a towing cable or chain less
than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a
white or red cloth (about 30 cm (12
inches) wide) in the middle of the
cable or chain for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable
or chain remains tight during towing.
• Before
towing,
check
the
Automated Manual Transmission
for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If
the
Automated
Manual
Transmission fluid is leaking,
flatbed equipment or a towing dolly
must be used.
8-20
To avoid damage to your vehicle and
vehicle components when towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not pull
from the side or at a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to pull
a vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to
15 km/h (10 mph) and drive less
than 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing to
avoid serious damage to the
Automated Manual Transmission.
Maintenance
Engine compartment ............................................9-3
Maintenance services ...........................................9-5
Washer fluid .........................................................9-29
Owner maintenance .............................................9-8
Air cleaner ...........................................................9-31
Scheduled maintenance service ......................9-10
Climate control air filter ....................................9-33
Owner's responsibility......................................................9-5
Owner maintenance precautions ................................9-5
Owner maintenance schedule ......................................9-8
Normal maintenance schedule - Petrol engine ......9-11
Maintenance under severe usage conditions
- Petrol engine ................................................................9-15
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.9-17
Engine oil ..............................................................9-20
Engine coolant......................................................9-23
Checking the coolant level ...........................................9-23
Recommended engine coolant.....................................9-25
Changing the coolant .....................................................9-25
Brake/clutch fluid................................................9-27
Checking the brake/clutch fluid level........................9-27
Checking the parking brake .........................................9-30
Filter replacement ........................................................9-31
Filter inspection...............................................................9-33
Filter replacement...........................................................9-33
Wiper blades ........................................................9-35
Blade inspection ..............................................................9-35
Blade replacement .......................................................9-35
Battery...................................................................9-38
For best battery service................................................9-38
Battery capacity label ...................................................9-40
Battery recharging .........................................................9-40
Reset items .......................................................................9-41
Battery replacement.......................................................9-41
Maintenance
Checking the engine oil level .......................................9-20
Changing the engine oil and filter..............................9-21
Checking the washer fluid level .................................9-29
Parking brake ......................................................9-30
7
9
Tires and wheels ..................................................9-42
Tire care ...........................................................................9-42
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...........9-42
Checking tire inflation pressure ..................................9-44
Tire rotation ....................................................................9-45
Wheel alignment and tire balance .............................9-46
Tire replacement .............................................................9-46
Wheel replacement ........................................................9-48
Tire traction......................................................................9-48
Tire maintenance ...........................................................9-48
Tire sidewall labeling......................................................9-49
Low aspect ratio tire .....................................................9-53
Fuses......................................................................9-54
Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................9-55
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.........9-57
Fuse/relay panel description .......................................9-59
Light bulbs.............................................................9-67
Headlight, Parking (Position) Light,
Turn signal Light, Fog Light bulb replacement........9-68
Side repeater light replacement ................................9-70
Rear combination light bulb replacement .................9-70
High mounted stop light ................................................9-72
License plate light bulb replacement ........................9-72
Interior light bulb replacement ....................................9-73
Appearance care ..................................................9-74
Exterior care ....................................................................9-74
Interior care......................................................................9-79
Emission control system .....................................9-82
Crankcase emission control system ...........................9-82
Evaporative emission control system.........................9-82
Exhaust emission control system ...............................9-83
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Petrol Engine (Kappa 1.0 MPI) - (If equipped)
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Battery
Maintenance
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Radiator cap
9. Engine oil dipstick
9
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAH2078001R
9-3
Maintenance
■ Petrol Engine (Epsilon 1.1 MPI)
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Battery
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Radiator cap
9. Engine oil dipstick
The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OAH2078002R
9-4
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures. Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may
result in operational problems with
your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury.
Owner's responsibility
i Information
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This chapter gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
i Information
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the
separate Service Passport provided
with the vehicle. If you're unsure
about any servicing or maintenance
procedure, we recommend that the
system be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
We recommend in general that you
have your vehicle serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered when your vehicle is
covered by warranty.
Owner maintenance precautions
9
9-5
Maintenance
WARNING
Maintenance work
• Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be dangerous.
You can be seriously injured
while performing some maintenance procedures. If you lack
sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and
equipment to do the work, we
recommend that the system be
serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Working under the hood with the
engine running is dangerous. It
becomes even more dangerous
when you wear jewelry or loose
clothing. These can become
entangled in moving parts and
result in injury.
Therefore, if you must run the
9-6
engine while working under the
hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and
necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
WARNING
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
NOTICE
• Do not put heavy objects or apply
excessive force on top of the
engine cover (if equipped) or fuel
related parts.
• When you inspect the fuel system
(fuel lines and fuel injection
devices), we recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Do not drive long time with the
engine
cover(if
equipped)
removed.
• When checking the engine room,
do not go near fire. Fuel, washer
fluid, etc. are flammable oils that
may cause fire.
• Before touching the battery, ignition cables and electrical wiring,
you should disconnect the battery
"-" terminal. You may get an electric shock from the electric current.
• When you remove the interior trim
cover with a flat head (-) driver, be
careful not to damage the cover.
• Be careful when you replace and
clean bulbs to avoid burns or electrical shock.
Maintenance
9
9-7
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed at the frequencies indicated
to help ensure safe, dependable
operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in coolant
reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
• Check the radiator and condenser.
Check if the front of the radiator
and condenser are clean and not
blocked with leaves, dirt or insects
etc.
If any of the above parts are
extremely dirty or you are not sure
of their condition, we recommend
that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure. This could cause burns
or other serious injury.
9-8
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straightahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
Maintenance
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
checks, and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate Automated
Manual Transmission linkage and
controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
9
9-9
Maintenance
SChEdulEd MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply.
If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km(10 miles) in
freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
• Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
• Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition
If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the
following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
9-10
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all
vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both kilometres and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
*6 : Manual/Automated manual transaxle fluid should be
changed anytime the vehicle has been submerged in water.
*7 : If good quality petrols that meet Europe Fuel standards
(EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are
available from your authorised HYUNDAI dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*8 : Maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are
some important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging,
loss of power, difficulty in starting problems etc, we
recommend replacing the fuel filter immediately regardless
of the maintenance schedule and consulting with an authorised HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*9 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler & alternator pulley, Starter
and all chassis electrical items. Correct or replace, if necessary.
*10 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s
interval when you do maintenance of other items.
9-11
Maintenance
*1 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350
miles) or before starting a long trip.
*2 : Driving in ambient temperature over 40 °C (104 °F) or driving at constant highway speeds must conform the severe
driving condition.
*3 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and maintained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oil
can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered
by warranty.
*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration
and adjust if necessary. We recommend that an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer should perform the operation.
*5 : When adding coolant, use only deionised water or soft
water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the
coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can
result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS Kms×1,000
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Months
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
Years
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
ENGINE BAY
Engine oil & filter*1 *2 *3
Drive belt
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
-
I
Air cleaner filter
C
C
C
R
C
C
R
C
C
Battery condition & specific gravity
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Throttle body
-
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
-
-
I
I
Spark plugs*
10
Valve clearance *
Replace at every 70,000 kms or 60 months
4
Inspect at every 90,000 kms or 108 months
Vaccum Hose
-
-
I
I
Idler/damper pulley/Adj. Bolt
Manual transaxle fluid*
-
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect at every service;
Replace first at 100,000 Km or 60 months ; then at every 40,000 Km or 24 months
5
6
Automated Manual Transmission fluid (if equipped)*
6
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace
R : Replace
9-12
I
Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain
Brake/Clutch fluid
Engine coolant (topup & specific gravity)*
-
-
-
-
-
-
Inspect at every 60,000 kms or 72 months
C: Clean and Replace if necessary
I
-
-
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS Kms×1,000
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Months
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
Years
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Wiper (wiper blade , washer fluid)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake/Clutch (Pedal free play/Pipes/Hoses/Connectors)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filler cap
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Climate control air filter
I
C
R
C
R
C
R
C
R
Check AC system (refrigerant/Compressor)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust system (leakages & damages)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter*8
-
-
-
I
-
-
R
-
-
Charcoal canister & vapor hose
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
-
-
Front & rear suspension (linkages & ball joints)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
VEHICLE ON FLOOR
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace
R : Replace
C : Clean and replace if necessary
9-13
Maintenance
VEHICLE ON LIFT
9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Months
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
Years
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Driveshafts & boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fluid leakages
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Kms×1,000
Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes
Inspect if required
Front and rear disc/drum brakes & pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Parking brake (disc/drum, pad/shoe & operation)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Wheel Alignment & Balancing
-
Tyre Pressure,condition & rotation
-
I, TR
I, TR
I, TR
Inspect if required
I, TR
I, TR
I, TR
I, TR
I, TR
FINAL CHECKS
Bolt and nuts on chasis and body
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Lubricate locks & hinges
I
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alternator)*9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Warning lights operation & GDS system check
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ext & int. lights, horn & gauges
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace
R : Replace
9-14
L : Lubricate
TR : Tyre Rotation
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Kms×1,000
1.5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Months
2
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
Years
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Power window / Sunroof operation (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
All seat belt operation
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Road test
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust, top-up, clean or replace
R : Replace
Inspect if required
L : Lubricate
TR : Tyre Rotation
Maintenance
9
9-15
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - PETROL ENGINE
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
R : Replace or change
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Engine oil and engine oil filter
R
Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J
Air cleaner filter
R
Spark plugs
R
Manual transmission fluid (if equipped)
R
Maintenance item
Automated Manual Transmission fluid
(if equipped)
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
9-16
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
C, E
B, F, H
Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, D, E, F, G
R
I
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
I
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors
I
Drum brakes and linings
I
Parking brake
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
Climate control air filter
R
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Driving condition
C, D, E, F, G
C, D, E, G, H
C, D, E, G, H
C, D, G, H
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
C, E
Severe driving conditions
A : Repeated short distance driving
B : Extensive idling
C : Driving in dusty, rough roads
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive
materials or in very cold weather
E : Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into
engine
F : Driving in heavy traffic area
G : Driving in mountainous areas
H : Towing a trailer
I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle
towing
J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
9-17
Maintenance
Front suspension ball joints
Maintenance intervals
9
Maintenance
EXPlANATION OF SChEdulEd MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
Fuel filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the car
is being driven in severe conditions,
more frequent oil and filter changes
are required.
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven,
damage the emission system and
cause multiple issues such as hard
starting. If an excessive amount of
foreign matter accumulates in the
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently.
After installing a new filter, run the
engine for several minutes, and
check for leaks at the connections.
We recommend that the fuel filter be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
NOTICE
When you are inspecting the belt,
place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF or ACC position.
9-18
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. We recommend that the fuel
lines, fuel hoses and connections be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure that a new
vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses (if equipped)
Cooling system
We recommend that the air cleaner
filter be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
WARNING
Do not disconnect and inspect
spark plugs when the engine is
hot. You may burn yourself.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Manual transmission fluid
(if equipped)
Inspect the manual transmission
fluid according to the maintenance
schedule.
Maintenance
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be
paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Air cleaner filter
9
9-19
Maintenance
Automated Manual Transmission
fluid
(if equipped)
Inspect the automated manual transmission fluid according to the maintenance schedule.
.
NOTICE
The use of non-specified fluid (even
marked as compatible with genuine)
could result in shift quality deterioration and vibrations, eventually, the
transmission failure.
Use only specified Automated
Manual Transmission fluid. (Refer to
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" in chapter 8.)
Brake hoses and lines
Suspension mounting bolts
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Check brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between "MIN" (Minimum) and
"MAX" (Maximum) marks on the side
of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic
brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or
DOT 4 specification.
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Parking brake
Drive shafts and boots
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal
and cables.
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Brake fluid
Brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
9-20
Air conditioning refrigerant
(if equipped)
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
ENGINE OIl
Checking the engine oil level
■ 1.0 MPI
OAH2078003
WARNING
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
CAUTION
• Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine.
• Do not spill engine oil, when
adding or changing engine oil. If
you drop the engine oil on the
engine room, wipe it off immediately.
• When you wipe the oil level
gauge, you should wipe it with a
clean cloth. When mixed with
debris, it can cause engine damage.
OAH2078005
9-21
Maintenance
■ 1.1 MPI
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and reinsert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F (Full) and L (Low).
9
Maintenance
If it is near or at L (Low), add enough
oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do not
overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to "Recommended lubricants
and capacities" in chapter 8.)
■ 1.0 MPI
OAH2078004R
■ 1.1 MPI
OAH2078006R
9-22
Changing the engine oil and filter
We recommend that the engine oil
and filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause skin
irritation or cancer if left in contact
with the skin for prolonged periods
of time. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals. Always
protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
Maintenance
9
9-23
Maintenance
ENGINE COOlANT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the coolant level
■ 1.0 MPI
NOTICE
• Do not drive with no engine
coolant. It may cause water pump
failure and engine seizure, etc.
• When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly
adding engine coolant may cause
cracks in the engine. To prevent
damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quantities.
OAH2078007R
■ 1.1 MPI
OAH2078008R
9-24
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F (Full) and L (Low)
marked on the side of the coolant
reservoir when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water.
Bring the level to F (Full), but do not
overfill. If frequent additions are
required, we recommend that the
system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
■ 1.0 MPI
WARNING
Removing radiator cap
OAH2078009
■ 1.1 MPI
WARNING
The electric motor
(cooling fan) is controlled
by
engine
coolant temperature,
refrigerant
pressure
and vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate even when the
engine is not running. Use
extreme caution when working
near the blades of the cooling fan
so that you are not injured by a
rotating fan blades. As the engine
coolant temperature decreases,
the electric motor will automatically shut off. This is a normal condition.
9-25
Maintenance
OAH2078010
•
Never attempt to
remove the radiator cap while
the engine is operating or hot.
Doing so might lead to cooling
system and engine damage and
could result in serious personal
injury from escaping hot coolant
or steam.
• Turn the engine off and wait until
it cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it,
and turn it counterclockwise
slowly to the first stop. Step
back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the
pressure has been released,
press down on the cap, using a
thick towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
• Even if the engine is not operat-
ing, do not remove the radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are hot. Hot
coolant and steam may still blow
out under pressure, causing
serious injury.
9
Maintenance
Recommended engine coolant
• Use only soft (distilled) water in the
coolant mixture.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycolbased coolant to prevent corrosion
and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Ambient
Temperature
-15°C (5°F)
-25°C (-13°F)
-35°C (-31°F)
-45°C (-49°F)
9-26
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze
35
40
50
60
Water
65
60
50
40
WARNING
Radiator cap
Changing the coolant
We recommend that the coolant be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding hot coolant and
steam may blow out under pressure causing serious injury.
Put a thick cloth or fabric around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant in order to prevent the
coolant from overflowing into engine
parts such as the alternator.
WARNING
Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control or
damage to paint and body trim.
Maintenance
9
9-27
Maintenance
BRAKE/CluTCh FluId
Checking the brake/clutch fluid
level
■ 1.0 MPI
OAH2078011R
■ 1.1 MPI
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN
(Minimum) marks on the side of the
reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake/clutch fluid, clean
the area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch
fluid contamination. If the level is low,
add fluid to the MAX (Maximum)
level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the
brake linings and/or clutch disc (if
equipped).
If the fluid level is excessively low, we
recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Use only the specified brake/clutch
fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants or capacities” in chapter 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
OAH2078012R
9-28
WARNING
Loss of brake fluid
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of
fluid, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
Before removing the brake/clutch filter cap, read the warning on the cap.
WARNING
Clean filler cap before removing.
Use only DOT3 or DOT4
brake/clutch fluid from a sealed
container.
WARNING
Brake/clutch fluid
When changing and adding
brake/clutch fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact
with your eyes. If brake/clutch fluid
come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a
large quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a
doctor as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Maintenance
Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to
contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
Brake/clutch fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time should never be used as its
quality cannot be guaranteed. It
should be properly disposed. Don't
put in the wrong kind of fluid. A few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in your brake/clutch system can damage brake/clutch system parts.
9
9-29
Maintenance
WAShER FluId
Checking the washer fluid level
■ 1.0 MPI
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
Coolant
OAH2078013R
■ 1.1 MPI
OAH2078014R
9-30
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control or
damage to the paint and body
trim.
• Windshield washer fluid agents
contain some amounts of alcohol and can be flammable under
certain circumstances. Do not
allow sparks or flame come in
contact with the washer fluid or
the washer fluid reservoir.
Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur.
• Windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals.
Do not drink and avoid coming
in contact with the windshield
washer fluid. Serious injury or
death could occur.
PARKING BRAKE
Checking the parking brake
OAH2058004
Maintenance
Check the stroke of the parking
brake by counting the number of
“clicks’’ heard while fully applying it
from the released position. Also, the
parking brake alone should securely
hold the vehicle on a fairly steep
grade. If the stroke is more or less
than specified, we recommend that
the system be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9
Stroke : 5~7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20
kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
9-31
Maintenance
AIR ClEANER
Filter replacement
You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed
air.
■ 1.0 MPI
■ 1.0 MPI
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover
attaching and bolt. Then open the
cover.
OAH2078017
OAH2078015R
■ 1.1 MPI
■ 1.1 MPI
OAH2078018
OAH2078016R
9-32
2. Remove the used filter and wipe
the inside of the air cleaner housing carefully not to remain dusts in
the cover housing.
3. Place new filter with clean hands
and ensure the rubber gasket is
not taken off.
4. Lock the cover with attaching clips.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this chapter.)
NOTICE
Maintenance
• Do not drive with the filter
removed; this will result in excessive engine wear.
• When replacing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does
not enter the air intake, or damage
may result.
Keep the new filter clean of any
contamination while replacing.
• We recommend that you use parts
for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Don’t clean the used filter. It can
cause contaminations on the
clean side of filter to result in
engine wear or sensors’ failure.
9
9-33
Maintenance
ClIMATE CONTROl AIR FIlTER (IF EquIPPEd)
Filter inspection
Filter replacement
If the vehicle is operated in the
severely air-polluted cities or on
dusty rough roads for a long period,
it should be inspected more frequently and cleaned earlier. When
you, the owner, clean the climate
control air filter, clean it performing
the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.
Replace the filter according to the
maintenance Schedule.
OAH2078020
OAH2078019
1. Open the glove box.
9-34
2. Push in both sides of the glove box
as shown. This will ensure that the
glove box stopper pins will get
released from its holding location
allowing the glove box to hang.
ODH073012
4. Clean the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
Maintenance
OAH2078021
3. Remove the climate control air filter cover.
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in
the correct direction with the arrow
symbol(¯) facing downwards.
Otherwise, the climate control effects
may decrease, possibly with a noise.
9
9-35
Maintenance
WIPER BlAdES
Blade inspection
i Information
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
1JBA5122
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
9-36
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use petrol, kerosene,
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
Front windshield wiper blade
Rear window wiper blade
(if equipped)
OLMB073021
OLMB073020
1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate
the wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly.
NOTICE
Maintenance
OLMB073023
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
9
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
OOS
2. Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
9-37
Maintenance
OLMB073024
3. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
4. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, we recommend that the wiper blade be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
9-38
BATTERY
For best battery service
i Information - For batteries
marked with UPPER and
LOWER
Be careful not to spill distilled (or demineralized) water over the battery
surface or other adjacent components.
Also, do not overfill the battery cells.
If not, it may corrode the battery or
other components. Finally, securely
close the cell cap. However, we recommend you to contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for better battery
service.
OAH2078022R
Maintenance
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
OHYK077011
If your vehicle is equipped with a battery marked with LOWER (MIN) and
UPPER (MAX) on the side, you
should check the electrolyte level.
The electrolyte level should be
between LOWER (MIN) and UPPER
(MAX). When the electrolyte level is
low, add distilled (or de-mineralized)
water. (Never add sulfuric acids or
other electrolyte).
9
9-39
Maintenance
WARNING
Battery dangers
Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Keep lighted cigarettes
and all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
Hydrogen, a highly
combustible gas, is
always present in battery cells and may
explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
the reach of children
because batteries contain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID. Do
not allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
9-40
If any electrolyte gets
into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean
water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on
your skin, thoroughly
wash the contacted
area. If you feel a pain
or a burning sensation,
get medical attention
immediately.
Wear eye protection
when charging or working near a battery.
Always provide ventilation when working in an
enclosed space.
An inappropriately disposed battery can be
harmful to the environment
and
human
health. Dispose the
battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
The battery contains
lead. Do not dispose of
it after use. Please
return the battery to an
authorized HYUNDAI
dealer to be recycled.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the
case may cause battery acid to
leak, resulting in personal injury.
Lift with a battery carrier or with
your hands on opposite corners.
• Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage. Never
touch these components with
the engine running or the ignition switched on.
Failure to follow the above warnings can result in serious bodily
injury or death.
If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the battery may be discharged. Never use
unauthorized devices.
Battery recharging
■ Example
OAH2078037
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
Maintenance
NOTICE
Battery capacity label
❈ The actual battery label in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
1. MF40L: The HYUNDAI model
name of battery
2. 12V: The nominal voltage
3. 40Ah(20HR): The nominal capacity (in Ampere hours)
4. RC 55min: The nominal reserve
capacity (in min.)
5. CCA 354A: The cold-test current
in amperes by SAE/EN
9
9-41
Maintenance
WARNING
Recharging battery
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in
an area with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,
or flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the
charging rate if the battery cells
begin gassing (boiling) violently
or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C
(120°F).
• Wear eye protection when
checking the battery during
charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger
9-42
in the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger
main switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp
from the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window
(See chapter 3)
• Climate control system
(See chapter 3)
• Audio (See chapter 3)
Battery replacement
WARNING
• Before performing maintenance
or recharging the battery, turn
off all accessories and stop the
engine.
• The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed
last when the battery is disconnected.
Replacing a Battery required precautionary measures.
We recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
TIRES ANd WhEElS
Tire care
WARNING
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
OAH2088003
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the vehicle.
Maintenance
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
Tire underinflation
Severe underinflation (70 kPa (10
psi) or more) can lead to severe
heat build-up, causing blowouts,
tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of
vehicle control leading to severe
injury or death. This risk is much
higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high
speeds.
9
9-43
Maintenance
NOTICE
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation also is possible. Keep
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs
refilling, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Overinflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center
of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
NOTICE
NOTICE - Tire pressure
• Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by
28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires will
be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
WARNING
Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure. This could result in
loss of vehicle control and potential injury.
9-44
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than 1.6
km (one mile) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
• Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your tread is badly worn,
or if your tires have been damaged, replace them.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
WARNING
• Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear
and damage. Always use a tire
pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing
poor handling, loss of vehicle
control, and sudden tire failure
leading to accidents, injuries,
and even death. The recommended cold tire pressure for
your vehicle can be found in this
manual and on the tire label
located on the driver's side center pillar.
• Worn tires can cause accidents.
Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are damaged.
• Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire.
HYUNDAI recommends that you
check the spare every time you
check the pressure of the other
tires on your vehicle.
9-45
Maintenance
Use a good quality gage to check tire
pressure. You can not tell if your tires
are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
9
Maintenance
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated
every 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
10.
With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)
Directional tires (if equipped)
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
i Information
Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front
to rear and not from right to left.
CBGQ0707
9-46
CBGQ0707A
CBGQ0706
Without a spare tire
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that
could result in death, severe
injury, or property damage.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage
your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use
only approved wheel weights.
Tread wear indicator
OEN076053
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
9-47
Maintenance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Tire replacement
9
Maintenance
NOTICE
When replacing the tires, recheck
and tighten the wheel nuts after driving about 1,000 km (620miles). If the
steering wheel shakes or the vehicle
vibrates while driving, the tire is out
of balance. Align the tire balance. If
the problem is not solved, we recommend that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Replacing tires
To reduce the chance or serious
or fatal injuries from an accident
caused by tire failure or loss of
vehicle control:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss
of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.
9-48
• Do not drive your vehicle with
too little or too much pressure in
your tires. This can lead to
uneven wear and tire failure.
• When replacing tires, never mix
radial and bias-ply tires on the
same car. You must replace all
tires (including the spare) if moving from radial to bias-ply tires.
• It is best to replace all four tires
at the same time. If that is not
possible, or necessary, then
replace the two front or two rear
tires as a pair. Replacing just
one tire can seriously affect your
vehicle’s handling.
• Using tires and wheel other than
the recommended sizes could
cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehicle control, resulting in a serious accident.
• Wheels that do not meet
HYUNDAI's specifications may
fit poorly and result in damage to
the vehicle or unusual handling
and poor vehicle control.
• The ABS works by comparing
the speed of the wheels. Tire
size can affect wheel speed.
When replacing tires, all 4 tires
must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can
cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) and ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) to work irregularly. (if equipped)
Compact spare tire replacement
(if equipped)
Tire traction
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road, to
reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
WARNING
A wheel that is not the correct size
may adversely affect wheel and
bearing life, braking and stopping
abilities, handling characteristics,
ground clearance, body-to-tire
clearance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper
height.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps decrease tire
wear. If you find a tire worn unevenly,
have your dealer check the wheel
alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
9-49
Maintenance
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replaced compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed to mount a
regular size tire.
Wheel replacement
9
Maintenance
2. Tire size designation
Tire sidewall labeling
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
I030B04JM
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
9-50
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
165/70 R14 81S
165 - Tire width in millimeters.
70 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chapter
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
14 - Rim diameter in inches.
81 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
S - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this chapter
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
5.0JX14
5.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
14 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Maximum Speed
180
190
210
240
270
300
km/h
km/h
km/h
km/h
km/h
km/h
(112
(118
(130
(149
(168
(186
mph)
mph)
mph)
mph)
mph)
mph)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2018.
WARNING
Tire age
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, it is recommended that tires
generally be replaced after six (6)
years of normal service. Heat
caused by hot climates or frequent
high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure
to follow this warning could cause
sudden tire failure, which could
lead to a loss of control and an
accident involving serious injury or
death.
Maintenance
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
W
Y
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
9
9-51
Maintenance
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
9-52
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum chapter width.
For example:
TREAD wear 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
WARNING
Tire temperature
The temperature grade for this tire
is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and
sudden tire failure. This can cause
loss of vehicle control and serious
injury or death.
Maintenance
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead
braking traction tests, and does
not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B, and C, representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
9
9-53
Maintenance
Low aspect ratio tire
(if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to
ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires.
9-54
NOTICE
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than the
normal, the wheel and tire of the low
aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the instructions
below.
- When driving on a rough road or
off road, drive cautiously because
tires and wheels may be damaged.
And after driving, inspect tires and
wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the tires
and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000km.
NOTICE
• It is not easy to recognize the tire
damage with your own eyes. But if
there is the slightest hint of tire
damage, even though you cannot
see the tire damage with your own
eyes, have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire damage
may cause air leakage from the
tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on
a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not
be covered by the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.
FuSES
■ Blade type
B lown
Normal
■ Slow Blow type
B lown
Normal
Bl o w n
Normal
OTA070039
WARNING
Fuse replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse even as a temporary repair. It
may cause extensive wiring
damage and a possible fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove fuses
because it may cause a short circuit
and damage the system.
i Information
The actual fuse/relay panel label may
differ from equipped items.
NOTICE
9-55
Maintenance
■ Multi fuse
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, slow
blow type and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
9
Maintenance
• When replacing a blown fuse or
relay with a new one, make sure
the new fuse or relay fits tightly into
the clips. The incomplete fastening
fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems
damage and a possible fire.
• Do not remove fuses, relays and
terminals fastened with bolts or
nuts. The fuses, relays and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may cause a possible fire.
If fuses, relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown,
consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a driver or wiring. It may cause contact
failure and system malfunction.
9-56
• Check the blown fuse with the fuse
information on the fuse box cover.
• Replace the blown fuse on the
same place after turning off the
ignition switch and all electric
switches and disconnecting the
negative battery cable.
Instrument panel fuse replacement
OAH2078023
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
OAH2078025
Memory fuse
OAH2078024
Your vehicle is equipped with the
memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged
periods. Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for
prolonged periods.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Turn off the headlights and tail
lights.
3. Open the driver's side panel cover
and pull up the memory fuse.
9-57
Maintenance
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the fuse puller provided in
the engine compartment fuse
panel.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, we recommend that
you consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter
fuse.
If the electrical components do not
work and the fuses are OK, check
the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must
be replaced.
9
Maintenance
i Information
• If the memory fuse is pulled up from
the fuse panel, the warning chime,
audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,
will not operate. Some items must
be reset after replacement. Refer to
"Battery" in this chapter.
• Even though the memory fuse is
pulled up, the battery can still be
discharged by operation of the
headlights or other electrical
devices.
Engine compartment panel fuse
replacement
OAH2078026
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover by
pressing the tab and pulling up the
cover.
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9-58
NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely install
the fuse panel cover. If not, electrical
failures may occur from water leaking in.
Main fuse (Multi fuse)
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
3. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
OAH2078026
CAUTION
Maintenance
If the main fuse is not assembled
properly, it may cause fire.
If the main fuse is blown, we recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9
OAH2078027
9-59
Maintenance
Fuse/relay panel description
Inner fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
OAH2078028
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle. It is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse
panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse
panel label
9-60
OAH2078038
Driver’s side fuse panel
Symbol
Fuse Rating
P/OUTLET
POWER
OUTLET
20A
Power Outlet, Cigarette Lighter
ACC
ACC
10A
Smart Phone Charger, Power Outside Mirror Switch, Audio,
A/V & Navigation Head Unit, BCM
10A
Instrument Cluster
AIR BAG
10A
SRS Control Module
T/LAMP
10A
Hazard Switch
10A
Instrument Cluster
15A
Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
10A
BCM
15A
I/P Junction Block (Front Fog Lamp Relay)
10A
MDPS Unit
10A
BCM, Parking Distance Warning Buzzer, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
10A
ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module, ESP Switch
10A
Back-Up Lamp Switch, E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)
IND
A/BAG IND
CLUSTER
CLUSTER
RR WIPER
MODULE 6
FRT FOG
MDPS 2
6
MODULE
FRT
2
IG1
1
IG1
ABS
B/UP LAMP1
1
B/UP
LAMP
Circuit Protected
Maintenance
Fuse Name
9
9-61
Maintenance
Driver’s side fuse panel
Fuse Name
ECU 4
Symbol
E4
HAZARD
Fuse Rating
Circuit Protected
10A
ECM, Immobilizer Module
15A
I/P Junction Block (Hazard Lamp Relay), Hazard Switch
STOP LAMP
STOP
LAMP
15A
Stop Signal Electronic Module
BRAKE SW
BRAKE
SWITCH
10A
Stop Lamp Switch
10A
Immobilizer Module
T
10A
TCM, Vehicle Speed Sensor, ATM Shift Lever IND.
3
IMMO
TCU
MODULE 3
MODULE
10A
Stop Lamp Switch
IG2
IG2
10A
I/P Junction Block (Power Window Relay), A/C Control Module,
E/R Junction Block (RLY.12), Head Lamp Leveling Actuator LH/RH
FRT WIPER
20A
Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
DR LOCK
20A
I/P Junction Block (Door Lock Relay), Driver Door Lock Latch
ROOM
10A
Room Lamp, Receiver Unit, BCM, Instrument Cluster, Data Link Connector
20A
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
AUDIO
9-62
AUDIO
Driver’s side fuse panel
Fuse Name
TAIL LH
Symbol
LH
Fuse Rating
Circuit Protected
Rear Combination Lamp LH, Head Lamp LH
10A
Rear Combination Lamp LH, Head Lamp LH
Rear Combination Lamp RH, License Lamp, Haed Lamp RH,
Clock Spring, Hazard Switch, ESP Switch, HLLD Switch,
Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, ATM Shift Lever IND.,
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, USB Jack
START
10A
ECM, E/R Junction Block (RLY.2)
H/LAMP
10A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.5, RLY.6)
TAIL RH
RH
P/WDW LH
LH
25A
Front Power Window Switch
P/WDW RH
RH
25A
Front Power Window Switch
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, ECM, A/C Control Module
HTD MIRR
Maintenance
10A
9
9-63
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
OAH2078026
OAH2078035
9-64
Engine compartment main fuse panel
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse Rating
Circuit Protected
BLOWER
40A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.12)
RR HTD
30A
I/P Junction Block (HTD MIRR Relay)
1
40A
ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module
ABS 2
2
40A
ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module
40A
Ignition Switch
40A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.9)
AMT
40A
[G4HG] : TCM
AMT
40A
[G4HG] : TCM
IG1
IG1
C/FAN
AMT 2
2
AMT 1
1
BATT 2
2
50A
I/P Junction Block (F23, F24, F25, F26, F31, Power Window Relay)
BATT 1
1
50A
I/P Junction Block (Power Connector Fuse - F35,F36, Tail Lamp Relay)
ECU 3
E3
15A
[G4HG] : ECM
Maintenance
ABS 1
9
[G3LA] : 1.0 MPI
[G4HG] : 1.1 MPI
9-65
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel
Fuse Name
Symbol
HORN
A/CON
ECU 1
A/C
E1
Fuse Rating
Circuit Protected
10A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)
10A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.11)
30A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)
B/UP LAMP
B/UP
LAMP
10A
[G4HG] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)
H/LAMP LH
LH
10A
Head Lamp LH
H/LAMP RH
RH
10A
Head Lamp RH
AMS
AMS
10A
[G3LA] : Battery Sensor
F/PUMP
F/PUMP
15A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.7)
AMT
15A
[G4HG] : TCM
IG2
40A
E/R Junction Block (RLY.2), Ignition Switch
AMT 3
IG2
[G3LA] : 1.0 MPI
[G4HG] : 1.1 MPI
9-66
3
Engine compartment main fuse panel
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse Rating
Circuit Protected
ECU 2
E1
15A
[G3LA] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.11), ECM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Camshaft Position Sensor #1/#2, Oil
Control Valve #1/#2
[G4HG] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.11), ECM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve
ECU 4
E4
15A
[G4HG] : Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Front Wheel Sensor RH
INJECTOR
15A
[G3LA] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.9)
[G4HG] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.9), Camshaft Position Sensor, Crankshaft
Position Sensor
INJECTOR
INJECTOR
15A
[G3LA] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.7), Injector #1/#2/#3, ECM
[G4HG] : E/R Junction Block (RLY.7), Injector, ECM
IGN COIL
IGN COIL
15A
[G3LA] : Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4
[G4HG] : Ignition Coil
125A
Alternator, E/R Junction Block (F1, F3, F5, F6)
50A
MDPS Unit
10A
ECM
ALT
MDPS
WIPER
ALT
1
Maintenance
ECU 5
9
[G3LA] : 1.0 MPI
[G4HG] : 1.1 MPI
9-67
Maintenance
lIGhT BulBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer to replace most vehicle light
bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle
light bulbs because other parts of the
vehicle must be removed before you
can get to the bulb. This is especially
true for removing the headlight
assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlight
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
i Information
After heavy driving, rain or washing
headlight and taillight lenses could
appear frosty. This condition is caused
by the temperature difference
between the lamp inside and outside.
This is similar to the condensation on
your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn’t indicate a
problem with your vehicle. If the
water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING
Prior to replacing a light, depress
the foot brake, move the shift lever
into the N (Neutral), apply the
parking brake, place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position,
and take the key with you when
leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and
to prevent possible electric shock.
Be aware the bulbs may be hot
and may burn your fingers.
Be sure to replace the burned-out
bulb with one of the same wattage
rating. Otherwise, it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system.
9-68
Headlight, Parking (Position)
Light, Turn signal Light, Fog
Light bulb replacement
OLMB073042L
OAH2078029
(1) Headlight (Low/High) *
(2) Parking (Position) Light
(3) Turn signal Light
(4) Front Fog Light (if equipped)
Halogen bulbs
1
*1 : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector)
Headlight
• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
i Information
• If the headlight aiming adjustment
is necessary after the headlight
assembly is reinstalled, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• The Fog Light aiming adjustment
can be done by removing UNDER
COVER. Consult an authorised
HYUNDAI dealer.
9-69
Maintenance
WARNING
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids. Never touch
the glass with bare hands.
Residual oil may cause the bulb
to overheat and burst when lit. A
bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the bulb
to cool down before handling it.
9
Maintenance
Headlight (Low/High)
6. Install a new headlight bulb and
snap the headlight bulb retaining
wire into position by aligning the
wire with the groove on the bulb.
7. Connect the headlight bulb socket
connector.
8. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
OAH2078030
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlight bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Disconnect the headlight bulb
socket-connector.
4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end
and pushing it upward.
5. Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly.
9-70
Turn signal light
1. Remove the turn signal light bulb
cover by turning it counterclockwise.
2. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
4. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
5. Install the turn signal light bulb
cover by turning it clockwise.
Position light
1. Remove the socket from the
assembly by pulling it straight out.
2. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pulling it out.
3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket.
4. Install the socket in the assembly
by pushing it in.
Side repeater light replacement
(if equipped)
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
Front fog light (if equipped)
OAH2078031
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the vehicle be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OAH2078032
(1) Tail and Stop Light
(2) Back Up Light
(3) Turn Signal Light
Maintenance
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the vehicle be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9
9-71
Maintenance
OAH2078036
OAH2078033
1. Open the tailgate
2. Remove the rear combination light
assembly from the body of the
vehicle.
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
9-72
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
High mounted stop light
License plate light bulb replacement
4. Insert a new bulb in the socket.
5. Reassemble the socket and the
housing part.
6. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OAH2078034
OIB077078
Maintenance
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the vehicle be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
remove the light assembly from
the body of the vehicle by prying
the housing and pulling the
assembly out.
2. Separate the socket and the lens
part by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots on the
lens part.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
9
9-73
Maintenance
Interior light bulb replacement
■ Room lamp
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
NOTICE
Be careful not to dirty or damage
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
9-74
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
High-pressure washing
NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight
or when the body of the vehicle is
warm.
• Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through the
windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts and lamps, do not clean with
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
WARNING
Wet brakes
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see
if they have been affected by
water. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining
a slow forward speed.
9-75
Maintenance
• When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors or
its surrounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may cause
the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be damaged
if they come into contact with high
pressure water.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, may be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
9
Maintenance
OLMB073082
NOTICE
• Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure
water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in
the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids
to
come in
contact with
electrical/electronic components
inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
9-76
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to
re-wax these areas even if the rest of
the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
NOTICE
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with
a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This
may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
i Information
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on the underbody parts such as the fuel lines,
frame, floor pan and exhaust system,
even though they have been treated
with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of the doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not clog with
dirt; trapped water in these areas can
cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see
if they have been affected by
water. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining
a slow forward speed.
Maintenance
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
9
9-77
Maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
They may scratch or damage the
finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergent. It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated
with a clear protective finish.
9-78
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produce vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
getting started by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Maintenance
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle’s surface by
moisture that slowly evaporates.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
9
9-79
Maintenance
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
9-80
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in
proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. See the
instructions that follow for the proper
way to clean vinyl.
NOTICE
Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electrical/ electronic components inside the vehicle
as this may damage them.
NOTICE
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content
solutions. If you use high alcohol
content solutions or acid/alkaline
detergents, the color of the leather
may fade or the surface may get
stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
CAUTION
• Wrinkles or abrasions which
appear naturally from usage are
not covered by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat
fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It
may change the nature of natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the
surface of the seat covering fabric.
Maintenance
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Leather (if equipped)
• Feature of Seat Leather
- Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use. Since it is a natural object, each part differs in
thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
products.
9
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties.
9-81
Maintenance
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat.
It will prevent abrasion or damage
of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protective
may prevent abrasion of the cover
and helps maintain the color. Be
sure to read the instructions and
consult a specialist when using
leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated and
the stain is noticeable. Clean the
seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
9-82
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminate spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the rear window. This may result
in damage to the rear window
defroster grid.
EMISSION CONTROl SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Service
Passport in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems which are as follows.
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
car inspected and maintained by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance with the maintenance
schedule in this manual.
2. Evaporative emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
9-83
Maintenance
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
1. Crankcase emission control
system
9
Maintenance
3. Exhaust emission control
system
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes.
Therefore, if you smell exhaust
fumes of any kind inside your vehicle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
Vehicle modifications
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle
could affect its performance, safety
or durability and may even violate
governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any
modification may not be covered
under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
9-84
WARNING
Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions on
this page to avoid CO poisoning.
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters (if equipped)
WARNING
Fire
• Avoid driving with a extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
Maintenance
• A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your
vehicle. Do not park, idle, or
drive the vehicle over or near
flammable objects, such as
grass,
vegetation,
paper,
leaves, etc.
• The exhaust system and catalytic system are very hot while the
engine is running or immediately after the engine is turned off.
Keep away from the exhaust
system and catalytic, you may
get burned. Also, do not remove
the heat sink around the
exhaust system, do not seal the
bottom of the vehicle or do not
coat the vehicle for corrosion
control. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
Petrol engine.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
9
9-85
Maintenance
Gasoline (Petrol) Particulate
Filter (GPF) (if equipped)
The Gasoline (Petrol) Particulate
Filter (GPF) system removes the soot
in the exhaust gas.
The GPF system automatically burns
(or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in
accordance with driving situations,
unlike a disposable air filter.
In other words, the accumulated soot
is automatically purged out by the
engine control system and by the high
exhaust-gas temperature at normal/
high driving speeds.
However, when the vehicle is continually driven at repeated short distances
or driven at low speed for a long time,
the accumulated soot may not be
automatically removed because of low
exhaust gas temperature. In this case,
the accumulated soot may reach a
certain amount regardless of the soot
oxidization process, then the GPF
lamp will illuminate.
9-85
The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)
Lamp stops illuminating, when the
driving speed exceeds 80 km/h (50
mph) with engine rpm 1,500 ~ 4,000
and the gear in the 3rd position or
above for approximately 30 minutes.
When the GPF lamp starts to blink or
the waning message “Check exhaust
system” pops up even though the
vehicle was driven as mentioned
above, we recommend that you have
the GPF system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
With the GPF lamp blinking for an
extended period of time, it may damage the GPF system and lower the
fuel economy.
CAUTION
Gasoline (Petrol) Fuel
(if equipped with GPF)
We recommend you to use only
the regulated gasoline fuels,
when your vehicle is equipped
with the GPF system.
When you use other gasoline
fuels which contain unspecified
additives, they may damage the
GPF system and cause exhaust
emission problems.
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions ............................................................10-2
Engine....................................................................10-2
Bulb wattage.........................................................10-3
Tires and wheels ..................................................10-4
Recommended lubricants and capacities .........10-5
Specifications & Consumer information
Recommended sae viscosity number .........................10-6
Vehicle identification number (VIN)..................10-7
Vehicle certification label ...................................10-7
Tire specification and pressure label ...............10-7
Engine number .....................................................10-8
Air conditioner compressor label ......................10-8
10
10
8
Specifications & Consumer information
DImENSIoNS
Item
mm (in)
Overall length
3,610 (142.1)
Overall width
1,645 (64.8)
Overall height
1,560 (61.4)
Front tread
Rear tread
155/80 R13
1,478 (58.2)
165/70 R14
1,465 (57.7)
155/80 R13
1,494 (58.8)
165/70 R14
1,481 (58.3)
Wheelbase
2,400 (94.5)
ENGINE
Item
Displacement
cc
Bore x Stroke
mm
Firing order
No. of cylinders
10-2
1.0 Kappa
1.1 Epsilon
998
1,086
71 x 84
67 x 77
1-2-3
1-3-4-2
3
4
bulb wattaGE
Light Bulb
Wattage
H4
60/55
W5W
5
PY21W
21
881
27
Side Repeater Light *
WY5W
5
Position Light
Front
Turn signal Light
Fog Light *
Rear
Tail and Stop Light
P21/5W
5
Turn Signal Light
PY21W
21
Back Up Light
W16W
16
High Mounted Stop Lamp*
W5W
5
W5W
5
FESTOON
8
License Plate Lamps
Room Lamp
Specifications & Consumer information
Bulb type
Headlight (High/Low)
* : If equipped
10
10-3
Specifications & Consumer information
tIrES aND whEElS
Inflation pressure (psi)
Item
Full size tire
Spare tire size
Tire size
Wheel size
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
155/80 R13
4.5J x 13
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
165/70 R14
5.0J x 14
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
155/80 R13
4.5J x 13
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
240 (35)
Normal load *1
Maximum load
Wheel lug nut torque
kgf•m (lbf•ft, N•m)
11~13
(79~94, 107~127)
*1 : Normal load : Up to 2 persons
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1 psi (7 kPa) for every 7°C temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,
recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to
drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation per altitude : +10 kPa/1 km)
• Only steel wheel is provided with the vehicle as a spare wheel. Spare tire can be from any tire manufacturer.
• Spare wheel is intended for Emergency Purpose only.
10-4
rECommENDED lubrICaNtS aND CapaCItIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Engine oil *1 *2 *4
(drain and refill)
Classification
1.0 MPI
3.0 l
API Latest (ILSAC Latest)*3
1.1 MPI
3.0 l
API Latest (ILSAC Latest)*3
1.3 l
API Serviced GL-4, SAE 70W, TGO-9
(HYUNDAI genuine transmission fluid)
1.0 MPI
4.7 l
1.1 MPI
5.0 l
MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum
radiator)
0.7~0.8 l
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
35 l
-
Manual Transmission fluid
Automated Manual Transmission fluid
Coolant
Brake/Clutch fluid
Fuel
* : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 : If the recommended engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SM or ILSAC GF-4 or above
*4 : We recommend that you use the engine oils approved by HYUNDAI Motor India Ltd. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
details.
Specifications & Consumer information
Volume (in litre)
1
10-5
10
Specifications & Consumer information
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug,
or dipstick before checking or
draining any lubricant. This is
especially important in dusty or
sandy areas and when the vehicle
is used on unpaved roads.
Cleaning the plug and dipstick
areas will prevent dirt and grit from
entering the engine and other
mechanisms that could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
10-6
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in
engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended
oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
50
120
20W-50
1.0 MPI *1
15W-40
10W-30
0W-20, 0W-30, 5W-20, 5W-30
20W-50
1.1 MPI *1
15W-40
10W-30
0W-20, 0W-30, 5W-20, 5W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity
grade SAE 0W-20 (API Latest (ILSAC Latest)). However, if the engine oil is not
available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity
chart.
VEhIClE IDENtIFICatIoN
NumbEr (VIN)
VEhIClE CErtIFICatIoN
labEl (IF EquIppED)
tIrE SpECIFICatIoN aND
prESSurE labEl
OAH2088002
OAH2088003
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters
pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the front right seat. To check
the number, pull out the slit part of
carpet.
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side center pillar gives the
vehicle identification number (VIN).
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
Specifications & Consumer information
OAH2088001
10
10-7
Specifications & Consumer information
ENGINE NumbEr
aIr CoNDItIoNEr
ComprESSor labEl
■ 1.0 MPI
OAH2088004
■ 1.1 MPI
OHC081001
A compressor label informs you the
type of compressor your vehicle is
equipped with such as model, supplier part number, production number,
refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).
OAH2088005
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
10-8